Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Thorpe, Thomas Bangs, 1815-1878 [1854], The master's house: a tale of Southern life (John Cassell, London) [word count] [eaf726T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Next section

Main text

-- --

p726-018 CHAPTER I. MALDEN AND ITS ASSOCIATIONS.

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

There is not a more charming town in New England, than
Malden, so celebrated, and so widely known for its intelligent
population, its interesting traditions, and its most excellent
seat of learning.

Until recently, Malden retained quite a rural appearance,
and presented a charming mixture of tasteful cottages,
ornamented with choice shrubbery, and a few grand
old mansions, half hidden away among elms more than a
century old.

The students who find a temporary home at Malden,
bear patiently with many imaginary grievances of college
life, rather than abandon its beautiful streets, its picturesque
highways and hospitable inhabitants.

Near the centre of one of the principal thoroughfares
is an old, yet noble looking house, which attracts attention

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

from the most superficial observer. It seems to stand out
from among the more pretentious residences by which it is
surrounded, as would John Hancock in his rich but quaint
costume, if suddenly thrust into a group of modern gentlemen.

There is a width of front, and massiveness of stonework
about this grand old house, a ludicrous largeness
about the knocker, and a mysterious symbolization about
the coat of arms wrought among the mouldings over the
door-way, that tells a tale of men and sentiments which
have for ever passed away, yet there is left behind a mark,
well calculated to command profound respect.

The inhabitants of this old mansion were descendants of
a family whose members were famous among our Puritan
fathers, yet there was little left to them but the traditional
greatness of the past. They retained of a once splendid
fortune, a simple competency, but with decreasing
wealth came increasing pride. They lived almost in the
seclusion of ascetics, and, complacent themselves, they had
apparently no desire to conciliate the good will of the less
pretentious people about them, and thereby were almost
forgotten, or unobserved by the inhabitants of Malden.

On summer days they could be seen moving to church
with a stately manner, that shed a kind of chilling influence
about them, and having arrived at the “house of prayer,”
they took their seats “for worship,” with a grim smile of
satisfaction, which would have done honor to the sternest
spirits of the “Protectorate.”

Upon week days they were rarely seen in the streets,
and then guarded from intimacy by a careful attention to

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

dress, which seemed to render them incapable of performing
a hearty salutation, or indulging a genial smile, without
deranging a personal appearance of so much importance to
be preserved, that it must be done, even at the sacrifice of
the symbolic language of courtesy and friendship.

The “unsociability of the Hastings family,” as hinted,
made little impression upon the town; it was kept before
the inhabitants more by the noble looking old mansion,
than by any thing else, and perhaps it would not have been
observed at all, but for the fact, that Annie Hastings, the
only young person in this family, had, imperceptibly to her
staid guardians and to the community, grown into an attractive,
laughing, hearty girl; but as she made acquaintances
with her schoolmates of her own age, and was beloved
by all whom she met, she shed over the previous dreary associations
of her household, a genial sunshine, so natural
to youth, and so contagious in spite of one's self.

Annie, although naturally of an enthusiastic temperament,
had, insensibly to herself, adopted a quiet manner,
the natural result of the education she had received, and
the examples set before her; yet she was a great favorite
with the few students who were occasionally indebted to
the inmates of the Hastings House for a kind of formal
hospitality, given more because having company was a traditionary
peculiarity, than a present necessity. She was
also an object of interest, because it was thought by many
a visionary youth, that Annie must be very miserable, immured,
as they imagined, a sort of prisoner, among the
solemn people within the heavy walls of the “old Hastings
House.”

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

Among all the students of Malden, Graham Mildmay
was the only one who maintained the position of a constant
visitor at the home of Annie Hastings. He was a
“Southern student,” known to be the heir of a large estate,
possessed a tall and manly personal appearance, pleasing
manners, and what is not uncommon to youth from his
section of country, but yet not characteristic, was of
rather a serious temperament.

It might be supposed that the constant visits of a generous
hearted and noble looking young stranger, would
have created a sentiment in Annie's heart that would soon
ripen into love; but Graham Mildmay was so courteous, so
deferential in manner, that the fact of his being the most
distinguished student of his college, gratified Annie's pride,
called into action her intellectual faculties, but excited no
deeper emotions.

But this was not all. Annie Hastings was still very
young, and she was so educated to look upon herself; she
also had that proper appreciation of her own merits and
position, that she never thought admirers would be difficult
to obtain. But there was a difference of sentiment existing
between Mildmay and herself, that had been the subject
of a thousand conversations, and yet had never been
reconciled, and this disagreement involved a high principle,
that was in Annie's feelings only to be overcome by an intensity
of love, still foreign to her heart.

Mildmay was cordially accepted among the young
men of the college from his section of the Union, as “one
of their own set,” yet he never entered heartily into their
dissipations, or became seriously involved in any way, with

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

their reckless amusements. He was popular with all who
knew him for his manliness, and seemed to happily combine
industrious habits with the cultivated manners and easy
bearing, so peculiar to the youth of the South. There was
a sense of innate worth, and pecuniary ability about Mildmay,
that so frequently distinguishes the highly educated
planter from the mere business man, which, joined with his
acknowledged moral worth, made him a universal favorite.
His manners atoned for many thoughtless breaches of discipline,
on the part of his fellow Southerners, and he was
every where spoken of, as one destined to a high position
in the councils of his country, and assigned a leading place
as a future statesman of the South.

With two or three of his intimate friends, Mildmay
sauntered down the principal street of Malden; he was in
fine spirits, for he had carried off the “honors of his
class,” and as “valedictorian,” was the hero of the hour.

No one felt envious that he wore the scholastic crown.
Through four long years of study he had been uniformly
at the head of his classes, had never maliciously broken a
college rule, had originated no difficulty with his fellow
students, had always been generous to prodigality; and all
the while, seemingly, the least ambitious student in the institution.

The group of young gentlemen as they pursued their
way, as if attracted by some magnetic influence, passed the
old and aristocratic mansion of the Hastings family. Annie
was only partially visible at the window, for an ambitious
vine covered with gay flowers, crept luxuriantly over
the casement, concealing a full view of her fair face, while

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

her hand, on which she leaned, was involved in her flaxen
curls. Somewhat to her own astonishment, she was sad,
and felt it was because she was thinking of the change that
would take place in her circumscribed world, by the breaking
up of the Senior Class of the Halls of Malden.

“I see,” said Singleton Minor, looking archly at Mildmay,
“that you have brought us on a pilgrimage to your
own shrine, and will give us a chance at a respectful distance,
to worship my lady of a thousand graces.”

“Very natural indeed,” quoth Reynolds Calhoun.
“Graham wishes us to see how pretty northern sentiments
can be done up in angelic forms. I think my faith would
be staggered, if pretty Annie Hastings would condescend
to give me a lecture on the enormous sin of our `peculiar
institutions.'”

“And a poor preacher indeed would she be,” said
Adolph Marigny, heartily laughing, “for she would carry
into slavery an honest Christian youth of our own land,
and one nearly as fair as herself. I think,” continued Marigny,
seemingly very earnest indeed, “I think universal
emancipation must prevail, unless we can make out a special
case in favor of a particular individual;” and the gay Louisianian
looked knowingly at the victim of all this badinage.

At this instant Annie looked up, and she was greeted
by respectful salutations, that would have been gracefully
conspicuous at the tournaments of old.

“I think,” said Mildmay, as the party passed on, “that
you are all quite merry with your tongues, but I see that
you are also very envious in your hearts, as you have cause
to be.”

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

“We are envious of course,” said Marigny, “for
we have made our calculations, what a cozy time you
will have of it, with that fine old yellow brick mansion,
shining out from among the magnolias; it will be quite refreshing
in a new country to see a little heraldry, with the
legitimate excuse, that you inherited it, for I doubt if Miss
Hastings would ever leave Malden, unless she could take
the old house away with her.”

“You will of course improve it with a wine-cellar and
a billiard-room,” suggested Calhoun; “for these are things
that would in this Jericho pull down the walls: but I
think,” he continued, “that they would stand unharmed,
by such necessary associations, amid the free airs of the
Mississippi valley.”

“And, besides, we might have expected this,” said Singleton
Minor; “for you remember, boys, how very eloquent
Mildmay got, in the Society rooms, about the Goths coming
down upon the fair fields of Italy! He seems to have
a taste for these incursions into foreign lands. If I could
afford to sacrifice my inclinations to patriotism, I do not
know but that some of these fair descendants of the
`roundheads' might capture the last of a race of cavaliers.
I must confess I have had my traditional prejudices terribly
shaken.”

“The way was prepared for this somewhat,” said Calhoun,
turning to Singleton, “by your romantic affection
for the daughter of either old General Fairfax, or Oliver
Cromwell,—I forget which; you can turn to Carlyle at
your leisure, and learn the particulars.”

“And if you will leave the unintelligible author you

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

have named, and read more English history,” continued
Calhoun, “you will find that this same staid daughter
of Fairfax was, in time, the wildest duchess at the gay
court of the dissipated Charles; and this fact is what redeems
this puritanical human nature. The women are
always more intelligent, more facile, and more patriotic
than the men.”

“Gentlemen!” said Mildmay finally, with some feeling;
“your jests have the merit of wit, and perhaps of
compliment; yet they trench somewhat on personal
ground, because suggested by, though not necessarily
alluding to, a particular lady. I am sorry, however, to
perceive,” he continued, “that in spite of your long residence
here, you still make mental distinctions between the
people of this great republic. I am for myself determined
to know nothing of the kind, and, above all, will I never
allow prejudices to control me, which originated with the
British nation centuries before we were born.”

“Patriotism is not wholly dead, in spite of what disappointed
politicians say,” said Marigny, looking with real
admiration at Mildmay; “but it is after all,” he continued,
“the beautiful and good girls of this same sterile
New England, who make us feel our homes are the same,
whether North or South, and I say, may Heaven bless
them all!”

“Treason is rife,—the South is in danger,—the Amazons
of the North conquer,—they rush upon our defenceless
cohorts, and capture husbands with a precision that
finds but a dim parallel in the red man lariating the wild
horse on the prairie,” returned Calhoun, at the same time

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

taking the arm of Minor, and gracefully bowing, he turned
into an obscure street, leaving Marigny and Mildmay
together.

Mildmay was annoyed; there was something in the
half-concealed sneers of the reckless Calhoun, that caused
a dark cloud to pass over his face: his companion noticed
it, and with some concern inquired,

“Has any thing happened to offend you?”

“Nothing,” said Mildmay, “that is personal to myself;
yet, nevertheless, I feel the deepest chagrin and
mortification that Calhoun, gifted as he is, represents so
many of our Southern youth; possessed of abilities beyond
the ordinary standard of young men, he has passed through
his college course without finding it necessary to ever
seriously arouse from his natural indolence. He will when
he goes home give no useful tone to his community. He
sees all the salient points of these New Englanders, and
remembers for a contrast, all the superficially magnificent
qualities of his native State; but there ends his philosophy.”

-- 022 --

p726-027 CHAPTER II. COLLEGE EXERCISES.

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

At an early hour of the morning, the usually quiet town of
Malden presented a scene of interesting excitement. Carriages
and foot-passengers lined the highways, all moving
towards one common centre. It was “Commencement
Day.”

The citizens generally suspended business, that they
might do honor to the celebration. Among the throng
appeared grave and reverend gentlemen, who displayed a
singular knowledge of the streets and college buildings,
but were strangers to the citizens—these were “the boys of
former years:” their greetings with each other were cordial,
and sometimes of painful interest; then there were a
younger and more vigorous race, who had still many associations
not destroyed by time, who still knew all the old
shopkeepers, and many of the permanent residents of Malden:
these were members of classes of quite recent times.
Then there were juveniles, who had just entered upon
their collegiate course, full of hope and full of fear, victims
of many practical jokes, but merry withal.

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

Then came the “boys in college,” assuming airs from
their superiority of knowing what was going on,—when
came off the speeches,—who were to make them,—and
what “societies” would gain the most distinguished
honors. Then there was the “graduating class,”—its
members generally happy, and over dressed, running to
and fro, as connected with all sorts of incomprehensible
committees; hunting up stray musicians, spurring on indolent
landlords and heavy carpenters, and fretting and
fuming generally, as they should, on such important occasions.

Prominent in the scene were the professors of the college,
arrayed in a suit that never made its appearance
but once in a year,—looking ineffably pleased, and seemingly
as awkward and embarrassed in the confusion as the
just initiated freshmen themselves; laborious, and generally
conscientious men, but who seem to feel it is no stretch
of truth to tell a thousand anxious parents, that “their
boys” are the best in school, and the only ones “that give
no trouble;” they looking the while careworn, and feeling
their souls sunken into despondency, by the undutiful
goings on of these very objects of so much maternal solicitude
and professorial compliment.

Lastly, there is the “old Prex,” with his gray hair,
and frosty face, moving about like a father among his
children, relaxed from his usual dignity, for his heart is
really pained that he is soon to bid adieu to many that he
loves, however severe he may have seemed. Good and
generous old man! he moves across the college-green,—
the promiscuous groups drop their conversation,—the

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

banners wave,—the music splits the ear with discordant
sounds,—and the procession forms and winds its way to
the church, where the orations are to be delivered, and the
degrees conferred.

The gay throng passes by, and what a glorious sight!
They go not armed with the musket and sword, but with
the vivifying power of knowledge: there are before you
veterans in the cause of learning, as well as the just enlisted
volunteer.

We kept with them our joyous step, and remember well
the thrill of pleasure that filled our heart, as we performed
our part in the peaceful pageantry; we have since helped
make out the heavy tread of desolating soldiery; we have
shouted, as we have aided in carrying our country's flag
upon the battlements of our nation's foes; we have witnessed
the fearful cost of such a triumph, and heard the
loud acclaim of a nation's admiration;—yet, for all this, the
sunshiny bands that issue annually from our collegiate
halls, and under the ægis of peace, pursue their useful
triumphs, do more for the real glory of their country than
all the more showy, and more attractive sons of war.

How gay the old church looks! The altar is hidden
by the well carpeted stage; the galleries are crowded
with bright faces of beauty, and every where are to be
seen the fond parents and the doting sisters, of those who
have allotted parts in the exercises of the day. Long it
seems they have waited, but anon the distant music is heard,
and the whisper goes through the expectant assemblage that
“they come;” presently, the faculty, the trustees, the
graduates, the students, each in turn, make their

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

appearance, and the body of the vast building is completely
filled. The band strikes up an enlivening air; the strains
die away, when some appointed patriarch rises from his
seat, and in solemn tones, offers up a prayer of thanksgiving
to the common Father of all.

The student must, in his career through the world, act
in more exciting scenes; he may himself, in time, preside
over these very same ceremonies, or as a learned judge, or
powerful statesman, become involved in acts, the solemnities
of which are connected with more important relations,
but he will remember more vividly than all else besides,
the opening of his Commencement Day celebration; it is
the first step he takes upon the road of life, where to turn
back is impossible, while yet the future is all uncertainty.

Reynolds Calhoun and Graham Mildmay were evidently
not only the popular orators with the students, but with
the people. The first named had selected for his theme
“The defence of the South;” the last mentioned, “The
importance of a liberal education to the American student.”

It had been whispered about, that both these young
men had, under different names, travelled over almost the
very same ground, and a deep anxiety was manifested, to
hear what was presumed would be the bold and brilliant
philippic of Calhoun, and the calm and close reasoning of the
deep, but more reflective Mildmay; it may be judged therefore,
what was the disappointment of all, when the President
announced that,

“Reynolds Calhoun was excused.”

“As I feared,” whispered Mildmay to Adolph

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

Marigny; “what a shame—the noblest sentiments, the most
profound statesmanship, and the happiest diction, characterized
his theme. Calhoun wrought it out under the heat
inspired by some unjust and bitter anti-southern remarks he
heard in the street, but the excitement gone, he has not
had energy enough left to repeat it here, where alone it
could be useful, and where alone he could make himself
felt in defence.”

The degrees were conferred, the pleasant excitement
ceased, and Graham Mildmay stood before the audience.
As valedictorian, he had stamped upon himself, without
creating envy or rivals, the claim of superior scholarship
over all the members of his class—this was no small honor—
but he was, as we have already hinted, a favorite with
the people of the town, his early history was known, and
it was more than usually interesting. From circumstances
peculiar to himself, he had mingled more in society than
any of the other students, and the fact that he was so soon
by separation, to be almost entirely lost to his early friends,
gave unusual interest to his appearance.

Annie Hastings occupied a seat that commanded a perfect
view of the stage, but was out of sight herself. As
the tall form of Mildmay rose before her, she felt confounded
with herself, upon perceiving that her face burned
and her heart audibly beat.

“It must be the warmth of the room,” thought she,
while endeavoring to catch more air from her waving fan,
for she continued, “I was never more oppressed in my
life.”

Mildmay, in his address, rapidly and clearly surveyed

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

what he conceived to be the popular prejudices of the people
of the North against the South, and her peculiar institutions.
He showed how slavery had been entailed upon
the States by no choice of those whom Providence had selected
to bear its responsibilities, and expatiated upon its
patriarchal, and to the dependent, protective character.

He then treated of its moral influence upon society,
denied that it weakened a love of liberty in the master,
and illustrated his position by showing, that the leader
of our revolution, and a galaxy of the highest names of
that interesting period of our national history, were of the
South.

He next dwelt upon the necessity of encouraging a paternal
regard for the whole country, of taking liberal and
enlightened views of all questions which treated of the diversified
interests which came under the notice of the
American citizen, and congratulated himself upon the fact,
that although his home and his worldly interests were in the
distant South, he had, by the accident of his education,
learned to love and understand the people of the North.

Addressing particularly the students of the college, he
said:

“Your leading and pervading thought should be, a
contemplation of the stupendous country of which you are
soon to be active citizens. If you find your sentiments
cramped by sectionality, contemplate its vastness; if you
lack enthusiasm, regard its glorious destiny.

“Remember that the fierce winds which revel about the
great lakes, and in winter sweep down the Aroostook, are
tempered in their southward course by the balmy airs of

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

the Mexican Gulf, and the heats of the Rio Grande. We
hear the dashing surge of the wild Atlantic, as it beats
against our rock-bound coast on the east, and while we listen,
it is answered back in milder accents by the Pacific's wave
in the west.

“But,” he continued, “our physical strenth, vast as
it is, extending over almost a continent, is surpassed in
interest and real importance by our moral culture. The
little school-house that nestles in the corner of the road,
contains a hidden strength, which far surpasses in power
the wealth of our soil, or the mere geographical extent of
our empire.

“Education, the parent of liberty,—whose influence
withers kings, and consumes as with fire the power of the
oppressor, finds a place among us, whether it be in the cottage
of the poor man, or the proud mansion of the rich.

“We walk forth in the ennobling consciousness of
sovereign power. We feel individually responsible for
the administration of our Government; its emoluments, its
honors, its glory, and its future, are in our individual keeping.
If we strive to perfectly perform our task, we will
leave as a heritage our own republican institutions.”

Having concluded his literary exercise, amidst the
wildest plaudits of a delighted auditory, he addressed severally
the “Senate,”—the “Professors,”—then turning to
the venerable President, who was already dissolved in tears
of heartfelt admiration, he continued, “My father! to you
I owe an ever to be unpaid debt of gratitude. Your kind
hand has led me in safety through every seductive path of
youth, and your patience and example have inspired me

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

with the necessity of wisdom, and the value of self-respect.
I leave you, sir, with the hope that I shall carry to my distant
and future home, such a well-founded determination to
honor your memory, that I shall in time, like yourself command
the respect of my fellow-citizens, and have it accorded
to me, that I am not wholly useless in my day and
generation.

“To you, my classmates, what can I say? Farewell,
is the most expressive word—but yet how feeble,
and how truly inadequate, to convey the feelings of my
heart. Remember, as you struggle for fame, the associations
of to-day, and always feel, that we are a family of
brothers, scattered by necessity, not from choice—we have
already the responsibilities of American citizens resting
upon us, and if we fulfil them well, the most exalted dignity
is ours. Again I say, farewell!”

Upon the breaking up of the vast assembly, Mildmay
was surrounded by innumerable well wishers, who shook
him by the hand, congratulated him upon his address, and
expressed admiration of his personal and intellectual qualities.

For all these attentions he returned his thanks, with a
manner so charming and so sincere, that he captivated all,
as the most promising student that ever left the protection
of the old college; and while the young and enthusiastic
saw the future hero in Mildmay, the old and reflective
marked out for him a life of exalted usefulness, that was
one day, by its perfection, to make his name familiar with
the great and important interests of the world.

-- 030 --

p726-035 CHAPTER III. INCIDENTS OF MILDMAY'S EARLY HISTORY.

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

On the evening following the exercises of “Commencement,”
the residence of Dr. Elliott was thrown open, and
there assembled under its hospitable roof the friends of
the college of Malden, together with the alumni of the institution.
The ceremony of reception being over, Dr.
Elliott, and a few old friends, found themselves seated
in a quiet place upon one of the spacious galleries that
surrounded the house, and there rested from the fatigues
of the day.

“You promised,” said one of the visitors to Dr. Elliott,
“that you would give us some reminiscences of
young Mildmay, who has created such a sensation in his
favor, as the orator of the day; let us know something,
Doctor, of his personal history.”

The kind-hearted instructor assented; and leaning
back on his well-cushioned easy chair, he related what
follows.

“It is now nearly twelve years ago, that I was one
evening sitting in my parlor, at my old boarding-school,

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

when I heard a knock, and getting up to see who was desiring
to come into the house, I met in the hall a lady,
dressed in deep mourning, and leading by the hand a delicate-looking
lad.

“After the usual compliments of meeting, she announced
herself as a resident of North Carolina; she
stated that she was a widow, and that the lad was her
only son. She also said, that as he was heir to a large
estate, she felt the importance of his receiving such an
education, as would enable him in the best manner to discharge
the responsible duties that would eventually devolve
upon him. She added, that through a respected
neighbor, a former pupil of mine, she was acquainted with
my capacity (she was pleased to say) to teach, and trustworthiness
as a guardian of her child.

“Nothing she said would have enabled her to make the
sacrifice of being parted from him, although fully convinced
of its propriety, but the fact, that it was the often expressed
injunction of Graham's father, that he should at a
suitable age be placed in a school at the North, and there
remain until his education was complete.

“The separation of the mother from her child was
one of the most painful things that I ever witnessed.
After repeated attempts to take formal leave, she was
finally obliged to steal away while he was asleep, and then
hurried from Malden for fear that her heart would compel
her to return.

“The lad I found of a good, but at times self-willed
disposition; but as his mind expanded, he seemed to comprehend
in a remarkable degree how much his mother had

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

sacrificed that he might receive the advantages of a good
education, and, it would appear, that he had at an early
day determined to achieve a triumph.

“The declining health of the mother, who had each
successive year visited Malden, finally assumed a fatal
character; and by some temporary derangement of the
mails, the news of her decease did not reach Malden until
nearly two weeks after the sad event. From that time I
felt an additional interest in the success of Graham
Mildmay.

“Upon the very day on which he was examined and
declared to be well prepared to enter the freshman class
of the college, I was by the partiality of my friends
elected to the honored office of its President, so that Graham
still continued a member of my family, even up to
the present time; but to-day,” said the Doctor, his voice
husky with emotion, “he has, with his college honors,
taken the place of a man in the wide world, and I lose
one of the best of pupils,—and I will add, one of the
most esteemed friends it has ever been my fortune to
know.

“As a teacher, and I may say, parent of Graham, I
have endeavored to conscientiously perform every promise
made to his excellent mother, and I think he now presents
to the world, a youth, of whom any fond father or doting
mother might be proud.”

This exhibition of pardonable pride in the Doctor, as
he reflected upon the exercises of the day, and recalled the
triumph of his protégé, was sympathized in by all of his
auditors, and the conversation took a general character, the

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

burden of which was, Graham's future, which was prophesied
would be a brilliant and useful career.

While the good Dr. Elliott was dwelling upon the
history of his much-loved pupil, Mildmay was sitting in
the imposing parlor of the Hastings House. Years ago
had he first entered that old mansion, a thoughtless boy.
In all times since then he had been received like a distant
relation of the family, and was treated by the elderly
members almost as a child; but it seemed to him, that now
that he had graduated, a new spirit, and strange responsibilities
possessed him.

Instead of running up the steps, as was his usual custom,
he walked as gravely as any Hastings could, into the
hall, where he met Annie, and, involuntarily, he gave the
formal greeting of “Miss Hastings.”

“Miss, indeed,” echoed Annie, half amused, and half
surprised.

“Yes, Miss Hastings,” said Mildmay, a strange sensation
of bewilderment coming over his mind.

“Upon my word,” said the fair girl, with one of her
merry laughs, “because you were the hero to-day, does it
necessarily follow that your language must move on stilts.”

“Not at all,” returned Mildmay, as the two seated
themselves in the parlor, his voice softened almost to a
whisper, “but, Miss Hastings—Annie, I mean, are you
aware, that I leave Malden to-morrow, and do you think
that such a separation can be made without any deep emotion
on my part?”

“I have no doubt you will feel deep regret at leaving

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

Dr. Elliott,” said Annie, apparently very much occupied
in arranging a bouquet of flowers on a table near by.

“I shall, as you say, feel deep regret at parting with
Dr. Elliott, although I had not particularly recurred before
to the fact,” returned Mildmay, a little surprised himself
at the reflection.

“Then you are certainly very ungrateful,” said Annie,
with a playfulness she evidently did not feel.

“Perhaps I am,” replied Mildmay; “but Annie,” he
continued, “with the necessity of leaving Malden, I have
most thought of leaving you. Malden has been for years
my home,—within its precincts are many of my most vivid
and pleasant recollections; but if I cannot take with me
the assurance that I am held in esteem by you, and also
the hope that I can return at some future time, and claim
a higher place than friendship in your affections, then upon
my departure will I be wretched indeed.”

“You have certainly changed very much since yesterday,
Graham,” said Annie, maintaining her presence of
mind, and controlling her feelings, “for to my knowledge,”
she continued, “you have been longing to get free from
the summons of the college bell—those hateful professors—
and, if your compliments at our tea table are not all pretence,
still more hateful commons.”

“True,” answered Graham, “such should be my rejoicing,
but it is not so; my fellow-students, when they
abandon their alma mater, have warmer mothers to greet
them, and a thousand long-neglected home associations to
revive, but I have neither one nor the other. Away from
Malden, and I leave my most cherished friends behind me,

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

and shall be a perfect stranger, even where my worldly
interests are all centered, and where in the order of Providence
I must find a home.”

“True, true,” replied Annie, her face full of sympathy,
“what you say is true, but,” she suggested, “will you not
soon be in your distant South, and there find charms
enough in those bright Hebe eyes we read about as so peculiar
to a tropical clime, to make you soon, very soon forget
the chilly atmosphere of our cold climate, and the awkwardly
expressed friendships of our colder hearts.”

“Do not say colder hearts, Annie,” said Mildmay, seizing
her unresisting hand, “say not even indifferent ones,
for I have long indulged a hope that I may have awakened
an interest in your affections, that might in time change
from passing interest into love.”

“Graham,” said Annie, her eyes swimming in confusion,
“could I have been spared this acknowledgment on
your part, it would have saved me a great deal of pain, but
how much more I should have felt, had you left Malden
without this acknowledgment of esteem, I dare not say.”

“Say not esteem, Annie,” returned Mildmay, “say
nothing if you can find no more genial word; rather let
your silence give me the hope your tongue would deny.”

“Graham,” said Annie, the tears struggling in her
eyes, “what hold in the future can our plain New England
home retain upon one who has so wide a field of active
life before him. I dare not indulge the thought, Graham,
that you will not illustrate the proverbial fickleness of college
friendships.”

“Then,” said Graham, with an energy that startled

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

Annie almost with alarm, “then you are not prepared to
do justice to the truest heart that ever beat with love!
Annie, my sentiments are not the growth of an hour, a
caprice of a day; almost from the time we first met, have I
indulged the ambitious hope of calling you at some future
time my own.”

At this frank declaration, not altogether unexpected,
from the vague communings of Annie's inmost thoughts,
she withdrew her hand from Graham, and bent her eyes
for a moment on the ground, then recovering herself, she
said:

“You may ascribe my conduct, Graham, to coldness,
rather than education, but you know I have been raised to
cultivate a self-sacrificing spirit. I dare not be too enthusiastic,
dare not hope too much; therefore, Graham, speak
only of friendship, not of love.”

“I will do all that you please,” said Graham, his face
expressing joy; “only tell me,” he continued, “that at
some future time you will give me hope.”

“Two years hence,” said Annie, placing her hand in
Graham's, “you will find me with a heart as free as now,
and still Annie Hastings. If at the end of that time your
college preferences are confirmed, in spite of your experience
in the world, then Graham, and not till then, offer
me your heart.”

“And may I, in that long probation, write to you,
Annie, from my southern home?” said Graham, staring
into her pure face as if he would see her very soul.

“You may write, Graham, as we have in times past
talked; we shall all be glad to hear from you, and I am

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

sure Dr Elliott will let you often hear from your friends
in Malden.”

“Enough, enough,” said Graham, passionately, pressing
Annie's still imprisoned hand to his heart, and imprinting
an unresisted kiss upon her forehead. “Enough,
Annie,” he again repeated. “And now,” he continued,
with animation, “the two long years of my probation
shall be laboriously, but, because of your existence, hopefully
spent. In that time I will have assumed full control
of my long neglected estate; the cares of business will be
light, because they are to be crowned with such a reward.
I already feel—”

“No more!” said Annie, playfully interrupting him,
“let us talk of other things.”

The many words that were spoken in the long conversation
that ensued, would to others appear cold and commonplace,
but they were used only to beguile the ear of two
young and hopeful beings, who uttered their real thoughts
with their eyes, and responded through the deeper sympathy
of united hearts.

-- 038 --

p726-043 CHAPTER IV. MILDMAY PURCHASES “HERITAGE PLACE. ”

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

Mildmay, from the time that his mother died, had, each
succeeding spring, passed two or three weeks on his plantation,
and in that way was somewhat acquainted with the
duties connected with his future career. His business had
been, in his long absence at the North, all things considered,
carefully attended to; and upon his arrival at home,
after a due celebration by the negroes, of “Master's return,”
Mildmay was soon involved in the serious duties of
life, and the novelty of his situation softened any severe
regrets he felt for the scenes he had left at Malden.”

Graham once at home, he occupied most of his leisure
time in writing letters to his old master, in which he gave
interesting details of his new pursuits, and amusing descriptions
of the incidents of plantation life. These letters
were received by the worthy Dr. Elliott, and carefully
perused, and then quietly handed over to some member of
the “Hastings family,” with the remark, “that, perhaps,
something from our young friend, Mildmay, would not be
uninteresting.”

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

With conscientious regularity, did the Doctor answer
these friendly epistles. He had been made Mildmay's
confidant in all that related to Annie Hastings, and cordially
approving of the proposed union, without interfering,
or in any way encouraging the intermediate steps,
he had promised to act as we have seen, as the medium of
communication, but not until fully authorized so to do, by
the family of the “old Hastings House.”

Whatever were Annie's feelings, no one but herself
knew; it was noticeable among the members of her household,
that upon receiving the Doctor's letters from Mildmay,
she spent a longer time than usual in her room, and
that those same epistles were never seen or heard of, after
being once given into her possession. But, as the Doctor
wrote to his former pupil, “Annie seemed entirely absorbed
in household affairs, and in reading, and of late had
visited even less than usual.” There was, in truth, a quiet
and dignified calmness about her manner, that met with
the most cordial approbation from her staid relations.

Month after month quickly passed away, as Graham
each day found new matters to occupy his attention. His
confidential and trusty business man, Mr. Fenwick, who
had so well managed the estate during Graham's minority,
was anxious now to resign his trust into Graham's hands,
preparatory to commencing business upon his own account.

Graham also found, that the lands he occupied, as well
as those about him, had been worn out by long cultivation,
and that he was really living in a deserted country. From
Mr. Fenwick he learned the fact, that his father, at the
time of his death, had made preparations to remove farther

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

south, and as such an act was more than ever demanded,
he determined at once to set about the necessary preparations.

Graham, as will be seen, had no particular attachment
to the “home place,” and he looked forward with romantic
interest to the founding of one himself, one worthy, as he
thought, of Annie; a home in a new and vigorous State,—
where he could rise with its fortunes, and identify his name
with its prosperity.

With this noble ambition, and accompanied by Mr. Fenwick,
and fortified with letters from the best men of his
native State, in the course of a few days, Mildmay was sailing
down the river Mississippi on his way to New Orleans.
The solemn grandeur of the mighty Father of Waters made
a deep impression upon him, but still more was he affected
as he witnessed the evidences of progress, the rapid strides
of civilization. His soul fairly expanded as he contemplated
the developments of the future, and in the enthusiasm
of the moment he thanked God, that he had been born to
witness and take a part in the scenes around him.

Arriving at his place of destination in the month of
December, he could hardly realize the fact, that the same
season of year, which at Malden bound every thing in
ice and snow, in Louisiana decked every thing in the most
lovely vegetation, and breathed the balmy airs, of a genial
spring.

For a few days Mildmay abandoned himself to the novelties
presented by the anomalous character of the southern
metropolis. His extensive reading prepared him to appreciate
the strange architecture he met in the older parts

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

of the city, and his curiosity was excited and gratified by the
Babel-like confusion that prevailed among the tongues and
the people comprising the motley population.

Upon the broad and no-where-else to be seen “levee,”
he beheld in amazement, the accumulating agricultural
wealth of the great valley of a mighty continent. He saw
piled up before him for miles, the sugar, the cotton, the
corn, and the tobacco,—treasures taken from the fields,
yet, in vying abundance, there reposed side by side, vast
piles of mineral wealth, of lead, of iron, of copper, dug from
the embowelled earth.

Assembled in the magnificent halls of his sumptuous
hotel, he found, constantly before his eye, representatives
of all nations, each endeavoring to best display his superiority;
but it was among the Southerners, who seemed to
carry their hearts in their hand, and who were, as the representatives
of the great planting interests, identified with
himself, that he found the marked men of the multitude—
the cordially-acknowledged princes of the crowd.

To this latter class Mildmay, who resembled them in
person, was insensibly drawn by a thousand chords of sympathy,
that had heretofore slumbered in his breast. He
heard them speak of their crops, of their negroes, of their
plantations; he saw their lavish expenditure of money; witnessed
the respect they commanded, from all who conversed
with them, and there rose in his bosom a consciousness of
self-importance, which gave a new dignity to his carriage,
and a wider range to his thoughts.

Fenwick, who was a practical sort of character, very
soon made some congenial acquaintances, and with them,

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

he visited the neighboring plantations, and he could not
suppress his enthusiasm at the richness of the vegetation
he witnessed, and the easy manner with which they were
made to produce an abundant crop, compared to the more
sterile soil of North Carolina.

It soon became known among those interested, what
Mildmay's business was, and offers of land came pouring in
upon him, from a hundred quarters. Whole principalities
were offered him in Texas, at nominal rates. Half opened
plantations high up some still unfamiliar river, upon any
terms he might choose to offer, but as the “location” came
nearer New Orleans, the prices increased, until at last they
reached enormous sums.

Among the acquaintances that Fenwick had picked up
about the hotel, was a tall and rather attractive-looking
individual, who rejoiced in the cognomen of Major Dixon.
This Major Dixon was exceedingly affable, knew exactly the
value of negroes, the prices of cotton and sugar, and seemed
to be acquainted, from personal observation, with every
bit of available land that was for sale, not only in Louisiana
and North Carolina, but in half the Southern States.

To Fenwick, the Major was particularly attentive;
though he did not seem indifferent, still he made no approach
to speak with Mildmay, and it was not until Fenwick had
dwelt in eloquent terms upon the value of the acquaintance,
that Mildmay permitted himself to be introduced.

Major Dixon had a dashing off-hand manner, talked a
great deal of good sense, but occasionally shocked Mildmay's
sensibilities by a remark, which showed either a want
of knowledge of the true use of words, or else an exceedingly
callous heart.

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

Upon the subject of purchasing a plantation Major
Dixon afforded much real information, for Mildmay found
that his opinions were verified by gentlemen, to whom he
had letters of credit and introduction, and there soon sprung
up quite an exchange of time and conversation between Mildmay
and the affable, knowing, and always apparently at leisure,
Major Dixon.

That the acquaintance was respectable Mildmay did
not doubt, for he found that gentlemen, who had been pointed
out to him by the communicative clerk of the hotel, as
some of the wealthiest planters of the State, frequently
were with Dixon in some obscure corner engaged in long
and apparently confidential conversations. Mildmay determined
to solve the mystery, and commissioned Fenwick to
learn who the attentive Major Dixon was.

Each day that Mildmay spent in New Orleans, he enlarged
his circle of acquaintances, and finally accepted one
or two invitations to visit wealthy planters living on “the
coast.” The more he saw of the country and the people
the more he was delighted; and he returned to his hotel
from his suburban trips, inspired with the determination
to select a place at the earliest practicable moment, hasten
home, and complete the laborious business of moving the
accessories of a large plantation.

Among “the bargains” offered him, was one situated
some two hundred miles or more above New Orleans, not
directly upon the river, but presenting a remarkably fine
body of land, on one of the many tributaries emptying into
the Mississippi.

To this place Mildmay was particularly attracted, from

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

the fact, that it was placed for sale in the hands of an agent
of the most responsible character, had already built upon
it a fine mansion, and an abundance of negro cabins; in
fact required nothing, as the advertisement asserted, but a
“respectable force” to combine all the requirements of a
“first class place.”

Major Dixon knew all about the piece of land alluded
to, and gave Mildmay a minute, and, as it afterwards proved,
correct description of it.

He stated that it was originally opened by a wealthy
man from South Carolina, who had ideas of style rather
beyond his means, and became so involved by his many
improvements, that he at last abandoned the property in
disgust, and threw it upon the hands of those who had
been most liberal in loaning him money.

“With fifty good hands,” said Dixon, in conclusion of his
remarks, “in two years the `Heritage Place' can be made
one of the most profitable properties in the country.”

Mildmay and his companion Fenwick left New Orleans,
and with an agent of the owners of the “Heritage Place,”
they took a small steamer, and for more than a day progressed
up the Mississippi River. Sometime in the night,
while Mildmay was asleep, the boat shot into “a bayou,”
and in professional parlance “laid up,” until the following
morning, and soon after Mildmay made his appearance, it
commenced moving between narrowing shores, along which
could occasionally be seen improved plantations, and the
innumerable laborers at their daily work.

The country, though flat, was as beautiful and as rich
in agricultural wealth as could be imagined. Towards noon

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

the little steamer, that went but three or four miles an hour,
ran its bows into the landing at “Heritage Place,” and
leaving Mildmay and his friends, passed on its way, with
the understanding, that in the course of the afternoon it
would pick them up as it returned back to New Orleans.

Two or three acres distant from the shores of “the
bayou,” was a fine stately-looking dwelling, so massive, that
it really had an imposing appearance. It had never been
entirely finished, and already signs of decay were seen upon
the brick pillars that supported the capacious verandahs.

In front and rear could be traced the old lines of what
was once carefully planted shrubbery; and one or two sour
orange-trees, in spite of neglect, were covered with ripened
fruit. The fences were more or less broken down,—in
fact, every thing had a desolate appearance.

Some half mile, in the rear, were twenty partially
finished negro cabins, and other plantation out-buildings.
It seemed as if some enterprising, and more than usually
ambitious person, had commenced all these costly improvements,
and just as they were about being completed, had
suddenly abandoned them to destruction.

Fenwick, by the assistance of the agent, had borrowed
a couple of horses from a neighboring plantation, and he
and Mildmay rode over the “opened land.”

They were gone some two or three hours, and the result
of the ride had left upon both decidedly a favorable
impression. Fenwick showed how little work it would be
to restore things to tolerable order, and how in a year or
so, Mildmay could have a place, that would outvie any
thing he had ever dreamt of in his native State.

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

Meanwhile, an overseer from an adjoining plantation
had come over to see what was going on; and meeting the
agent, and learning the particulars, he went in pursuit of
Mildmay, and offered his services, and volunteered any
information regarding the value of the property. This
person and Fenwick became at once cosy and confidential,
and he gave not only a history of the plantation in question,
but also of the country round about.

It would seem that portions of it had been opened
many years, and was almost entirely occupied by wealthy
people, and in the vicinity were living some of the most
influential men in the country. Except in “high water,” it
was rather an out-of-the-way place (“which was all the
better for the niggers”), yet near to New Orleans,—free
from any overflow to do harm, and inexhaustible in fertility
of soil.

Mildmay listened, and took down the names of the
different persons who would naturally be his neighbors;
made every possible inquiry of the facilities of society,—
not for himself, for he was in this connection thinking of
another, and rode back to the lonely-looking mansion.

Here was “the agent,” a sort of madcap clerk of New
Orleans, who combined a strange mixture of business tact
and knowledge of the world, and particularly of the world
in the interior of Louisiana,—with his trunk opened, a tablecloth
spread upon the ground, and a most substantial dinner
set out, of boiled ham, chicken, bread, sardines, patès, and
excellent claret. Tumblers and plates he had borrowed
from the clerk of the steamer; and all the party, after
Fenwick and Mildmay's astonishment had been expressed

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

at their agent's foresight, sat down on the ground, and
made a hearty meal, and with a better appetite, as Mildmay
said, “than he had ever had before in his life.”

While thus engaged discussing their rural meal, they
observed a gentleman approaching on horseback, who rode
up, and dismounting and throwing his bridle-rein into the
hollow of his left arm, in a graceful and confident manner,
announced that his name was Moreton, and that he was
the nearest neighbor to Heritage Place; that he had
heard from the captain of the steamer as it passed up the
bayou, that two gentlemen had stopped for the purpose
of examining the place, with regard to making a purchase,
and that he had instantly rode over to invite the gentlemen
to his house, where he should be happy to have them
remain as long as it suited their pleasure.

From Mr. Moreton, Mildmay learned additional particulars
relative to his proposed purchase, but declined to
accept at that time, the invitation to visit, whereupon Mr.
Moreton hitched his horse by the bridle to a “swinging
limb,” and with Mildmay sat down on the trunk of a
fallen tree, declaring that he would remain until the
steamer came along.

In the conversation that ensued, Mildmay determined
in his own mind to make the purchase of the plantation.
Mr. Moreton had removed every possible objection he could
urge, and, with this feeling, he bid that gentleman adieu,
was taken up by the passing boat, and the following evening
was again ensconced in his city hotel.

-- 048 --

p726-053 CHAPTER V. MAJOR DIXON AND HIS ALBUM.

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

Major Dixon, who showed so much ability and disposition
to serve Mildmay and his friend Fenwick, was to
superficial observers a man of leisure, and of the class
termed gentlemen.

Persons, however, who studied faces with success,
would have discovered something rather equivocal about
his eyes, for by a curious conformation of the brow, they
were ordinarily almost hidden from sight; but let Dixon
look a person full in the face, and there were seen shots of
fiery red, mingled with the pure blue, which suggested
that they could burn as if filled with internal fire.

People who had known Dixon for years, if asked to
draw his character, would probably never have agreed
upon any leading trait; for he possessed the ability in a
remarkable degree of not only being all things to all men
for his own purposes, but he could be the exact thing to
the person he was at the moment with; and if Mildmay
and Fenwick had written down their impressions of this
man, they would have both drawn characters as suggested

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

by their individual impressions, and that were most agreeable
to their positions as strangers in the “Crescent City.”

Dixon was a man of first-rate business habits and capacity.
He controlled large sums of money, for he was
secretly connected with many wealthy men, in operations
that involved great outlays of capital; his field of operations
was confined to dealing in slaves,—in common parlance,
he was a “negro trader.” Dixon had been, by long
habit, made a very impersonation of his business. To
people of his own color he was often generous,—never
offensive; but for the negro he had apparently no sympathy,
no feeling whatever.

Sometimes for months together Dixon would live seemingly
a quiet and unexcited life, but it would appear from
subsequent acts, that these calms were only presages of a
coming excitement; and as his business gave him every
facility for gratifying his passions when he pleased to do so,
he carried every thing to excess.

The appearance of a negro always excited Dixon's
animosity; let one of this race pass him accidentally in the
street, or even in the humblest manner address him “as
master,” and his eyes would burn with indignation, and
his hands clutch with nervous tremulousness.

He delighted in crushing those in his power, when they
resisted, and yet he was equally savage upon those who
were passive to his will. He was sometimes awed by a
negro that would rather die than submit, but he was never
touched by the most heart-rending appeals for mercy.

The reason perhaps of his dislike to the negro, independent
of the feelings necessarily engendered by his

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

making them subjects of merchandise, was the consciousness
he had, that he was not respected even by those who
were most benefited by his business; and he had a kind
of monomania, that his degradation in the social scale was
owing not only to his buying and selling negroes, but
also to the influence of public opinion exerted on the
Southern mind by the people of the North, through the
sympathy of the Federal government: consequently, he
hated the people of the North, and the Union, with a bitterness
that knew no bounds. “But for this public opinion
of the `Free States,'” he would sometimes groan through
his clenched teeth, “my calling would be as respectable
as any man's; I should not then be made a scapegoat for
the sins of the buyer, or be compelled to see myself
shunned and avoided by really good people, as if there
were contagion in my touch.”

Yet, although the thick veil of insensibility would sometimes
be partially removed from Dixon's conscience, although
he would for moments get inklings of the true character
of his position as set down by the great mass of the
people, these feelings only had the effect to render him
more callous in the end, for they were ever succeeded by
new outrages upon his hapless victims, and by an accumulation
of renewed hate for the people he so much feared
and despised.

When Dixon saw Mildmay and Fenwick, he at once understood
their relation and purposes, and with his usual
promptness he did all he could to assist them in their contemplated
purchase, from the ulterior object of their probable
demand upon him for slaves.

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

He was intimately acquainted with every part of the
country, his pursuits favoring a most perfect knowledge of
the best lands, and the most wealthy neighborhoods, for it
was only in such places, that he found his best business
customers.

Near to Dixon's hotel was his “depot.” Superficially,
it was a very high spiked fence, with a strong door in the
centre, and would never have attracted any particular notice
of the stranger. But once beyond that strong door, you
found yourself in a long room, perhaps a hundred feet in
depth, lighted from the roof, and lined on either side by
benches. Here Dixon displayed what the law pronounced
to be his “chattels.”

In this den he would pace up and down among his
dependents, and fume and fret “that he could not expose
his merchandise unblushingly in the streets,” “that he
could not hire a fine store in the most exposed thoroughfare,
and thrust his goods into the windows or doors, as did
the merchant who sold breastpins or calicoes.”

Here it was that he gave vent to his wrath at the
occasional agitation in the Corporation Council of New
Orleans “as to the propriety of banishing `slave marts' to
the obscure suburbs of the city.” This restraint—this
eternal spirit of opposition, he felt to be like an incubus
upon him, and he rebelled at, and fretted under it, as if in
harness, and he believed that he could never himself be free
until “this false northern public sentiment,” as he termed
it, “was done away, until no one was permitted in the South
to indulge in sickly sentimental notions of humanity.”

A day or two after Dixon met Mildmay, he went to his

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

“depot,” as he termed it, and sitting down in the little
office inside of the door, he took a scrap of paper from a
plethoric-looking purse, and laying it on the wooden table
before him, he seemed absorbed in a profound study.

“Graham Mildmay,” said he, reading from the paper,
“where have I met with that name before?” and he rested
his head on his hand as if in the very strait of perplexity,
and wondered where was his factotum Ben.

Just at this moment, a miserable-looking wretch, a
white man, who sometimes helped Ben at the depot, put
his head in at the office door, and said:

“Major Dixon, that `gent' with the black coat and
white choker, has sent the girl Lizzy back.”

“What for?” said Dixon, indenting his knuckles into
the top of the cypress table.

“Why,” continued the deputy, scratching his head, “he
says he thinks she takes on so about bein' parted from her
child, that she won't do.”

“Send Lizzy here,” returned Dixon, now in a perfect
fury; and he growled, “if I'm troubled with her after
to-morrow, may I turn into a snivelling Yankee peddler,
and earn a living by singing psalms.”

The girl approached the dreaded presence of the negro
trader, evidently convulsed in every limb, and almost speechless
with fear.

“How came you to tell that hypocritical canting scoundrel
I sold you to, that you had a child?”

“I didn't tell him, so help me God!” said the girl, ready
to fall on the floor.

“You either lie, or you went snivelling about the house,”

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

said Dixon, suddenly changing his manner, and lighting up
his face with a smile.

“I said nothing, did nothing, but try to please; for I
didn't want to come back here, Master Dixon,” said the
girl with emotion.

“Well,” returned Dixon, with a calm and agreeable
voice, “go out in the hall, my dear, and to-night I will give
you such a dressing, that afterwards, if I sell you to a sausage-maker
you will cry to be cut up into mince meat before
you will come back again on my hands;” and thus delivering
himself, Dixon waved the girl to retire, and biting off
a huge piece of tobacco, he took up the before alluded to
bit of paper, and soliloquized,—“Where have I met with
the name of Graham Mildmay?”

At this moment, a well dressed, and rather pleasant-faced
man came into Dixon's presence, and pulling up a
chair and throwing his feet upon the table, he asked:

“Dixon, what's the row?”

“Why, the fact is, Ben,” said Dixon, as if perplexed,
“I have met a young planter at my hotel, that's come out
here from North Carolina to buy a place. He's got money,
and seems to be a clever and sharp chap, and I'm thinking
I've heard his name before, but when, where, or how, I can't
tell.”

Now “Ben” was Dixon's confidential clerk, and business
man when Dixon was away. Ben was understood by half
the town to own the depot. It was Ben who did all the nefarious
work of the establishment, the trading, and, as he said,
“the lying and smartness of the whole concern,” for Dixon
did very little in New Orleans openly, beyond signing title

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

papers and receipting for money. With this intimate connection
with Dixon, it is easy to see that he at once became
interested in Mildmay.

“What do you want to do for him?” said Ben, referring
to Mildmay, and appearing anxious to get the cue.

“Why, I want to do him a favor,” said Dixon, frowning
at the apparent insinuation that any thing else was intended.
“He's good next spring for twenty hands more
than he's got, and I want to show him that I'm his friend,
and in that way secure a sale.”

“Maybe he's got a runaway out,” said Ben.

“That's just it,” said Dixon, brightening up, “here,” he
continued, “hand me down my `Free Sile Album,' perhaps
I can find out all about it.”

Ben, as requested, got on a chair, and from a wide
shelf very near the low ceiling, he pulled out what appeared
to have been a merchant's ledger, and opening it on the
table, displayed the once fairly written pages covered over
with innumerable scraps, evidently cut from the columns of
newspapers.

This “Free Sile Album,” as Dixon called it, was perhaps
the best evidence in the world, that could be given,
to show how systematic he had been in carrying on his business.
There at a glance could be seen, every published
account of runaway negroes, who had escaped to the North
or Canada, for the last fifteen years.

By the means of this book, Dixon had a very clear
idea of the whereabouts of many fugitives, and with the
assistance of spies, and occasionally his own interference,
he made unaccounted-for “captures,” and frequently by

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

buying, as he expressed it, “a nigger running,” he got
great bargains at little cost.

Ben turned over the pages carefully, and at Dixon's
suggestion, endeavored to find, assorted with the runaways
mentioned, the name of Mildmay.—Dixon, meanwhile, sitting
by as if still uncertain where the name occurred;
finally, Ben looked up, and said, “Here's something most
like it.”

“What is it?” inquired Dixon.

“Why, `Mayfield,'” said Ben, decisively.

“That's near the name; read what it says,” directed
Dixon, whereupon Ben commenced as follows:—

“`On last Saturday morning a little company, consisting
of six fugitives from the land of handcuffs and cowhides,
landed at this station of the under-ground railroad.
They were formerly kept and worked as the property of
the Rev. Mr. Mayfield, near Memphis, in the State of Tennessee.
On the same day fifteen more came in the express
train of the above road. These last were mostly ablebodied
men from Missouri, cruelly held and treated as
property, by people otherwise respectable, and some claiming
to be followers of Christ our Saviour, who died for
all.'”

“That'll do, Ben,” said Dixon, rising up from his
seat, and whirling round on his feet, perfectly red with
anger—“that'll do; who wants to hear such infernal
stuff as that, I'd like to know? That comes from having
`free States,' cuss 'em! Fugatives from the land of
handcuffs and cowhides! there's another slander on the
South.”

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

“Well, there's no use getting mad about it,” said
Ben, who had no other fear of Dixon, than self-interest
dictated. “Maybe you'd like another varse or two; if so,
here goes.”

“No, you needn't,” said Dixon, cooling off. “I believe
I remember the sarcumstance, the nigger was off a
long time I suspect, before his arrival was published; let
me see.”

“Now what is the use of that 'ere book?” asked Ben,
handing it over to Dixon, as if he was glad to get clear
of it.

“Not much use,” returned Dixon, “not much use;
but maybe you'd be astonished if I tell you, I made my
`Black River cotton farm' off of that very book.”

“Oh, you're joking,” said Ben, with an incredulous air.

“Fact, nevertheless,” said Dixon, looking up with
complacency. “You see, Ben, you'll never make money
until you keep books. Now, since I've been in business
for myself, and afore that too, when I saw a notice of a runaway
in a newspaper, crowing over his freedom, I cut him
out, and pasted him in here; it don't cost much time,
nor flour, and it finally gave me all the money I made my
start with. You see that 'ere notice,” continued Dixon,
pointing to a particular scrap, “that 'ere notice marked
over with a pen, `$1000.”

Ben reached his head out of his coat collar, and said,
“he did.”

“The particulars of making that 'ere cool thousand off
a nigger barber, named Hector, that got from Washington
to Canada, is very affecting.

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

“So much money as that!” said Ben, more astonished
at the speculation in a pecuniary way, than at the affecting
incidents.

“Sure,” said Dixon, “and no mistake; but that's nothing,”
he continued, in an excessive good humor; “that
book, as I said, has nearly paid for my `Black River place,'
and them very little dirty scraps, and the Fugitive Slave
Law has put money in my pocket, like finding it in a
gutter.”

“Fact?” said Ben, looking over the magical items, as
if he fancied he could see them turning to gold or bank
checks.

“Fact!” echoed Dixon; “yes, more than fact, they've
been money and fun besides, for I have not only, by the
aid of that book, jerked up a dozen niggers from the free
States in a year, but I have made the abolition scoundrels
howl like hyenas, when they saw me and the `spread
eagle' on their tracks.”

“That must have been fun,” said Ben, rather in a
voice of irony.

“It was fun, fun alive!” continued Dixon, with enthusiasm,
“for,” he continued, in his excitement, “it gave me the
only satisfaction I ever had in my life out of those enemies
of the South,” and having thus uttered his sentiments, he
fell to carefully examining the pages of the book.

-- 058 --

p726-063 CHAPTER VI. BEN READS THE STORY OF CHARLES BROADNAX.

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

Dixon having been born in a State where there were no
public schools, his early education had been lamentably
neglected; he was a man grown before he knew his letters,
and, although he had after that time shown his usual determination
of character, in acquiring to read and write,
still he was an imperfect scholar, and made a stumbling
display when he attempted to give a listener an idea of
the meaning of a printed paragraph, so that when his eye
finally fell upon the very item he was looking for, he
handed the “Album” to Ben, and told him to read it
out, Dixon at the same time picking up a piece of pine
wood that was lying on the floor, and taking out a longbladed
dirk-knife, commenced to whittle.

Ben took the “Album,” and with a sort of comical
gravity, squared himself in his chair, and commenced to
read as follows:—

“`Interesting account of a Fugative.'”

“That's the beginning of the article, isn't it?” asked
Dixon, pressing his knife deeply into the pine splinter in
his hand.

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

“Yes,” said Ben, “that's the beginning, don't you see
it is? `Interesting account of a fugative.'”

“Well, go on,” said Dixon, impatiently.

“Look here, Major Dixon,” said Ben, putting the Album
down in his lap,—“do you want me to read the whole
of this 'ere interesting article?”

“Yes, every bit of it,” returned Dixon, in the pure
spirit of contrariety.

“Very well,” said Ben, again edging into the best possible
position for comfort, “here goes.

“`Interesting account of a fugative.'”

“You needn't read that line again,” said Dixon, growing
perfectly “feruchus.”

Ben's eyes twinkled with mischief, but he said nothing,
and went on.

“`On a cold winter night of the year 18—, a negro
man, evidently suffering from hunger, and poorly clad,
knocked at the door of a modest-looking cottage on the
edge of our town. It was, considering the habits of our
people, quite late, being after ten o'clock.'”

“And where about was that town?” inquired Dixon, his
face filled with disgust.

“I suspect,” said Ben, looking along the page, “that
it was Stonyville, Vermont, for it's tuck from the Stonyville
(Vermont) Gazette.” Ben continued:

“`A benevolent-looking, middle-aged woman opened
the door, and seeing the dark and care-worn face of a negro,
staring upon her, she uttered a scream of surprise,
and dropped the candlestick she held in her hand upon the
floor. In another instant a gentleman was at the lady's

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

side, and inquired, “Wife, what is the matter?” the lady
pointed to the negro, who now, in turn, became filled with
trepidation.'”

“What's the meaning of `trepidation?'” inquired
Dixon, suspending his whittling.

“Kind of a scear,” said Ben, with dignity.

“`The moment the gentleman saw the object of surprise,
he stepped in front of the lady, and promptly demanded
the reason of this unseasonable interruption.'”

“I'd a hit him in his infernal black face!” said
Dixon, with impatience.

“Perhaps,” said Ben, again laying down the book in
his lap (for in his peculiar way he took great pleasure in
annoying Dixon), “perhaps you don't want to hear the
rest of this 'ere nigger novel.”

“Yes, I do,” said Dixon, emphatically, for it was one
of his peculiarities of liking to be annoyed by those very
kind of items. It appeared to give him pleasure in stimulating
his hatred of the places and sentiments that gave
them birth. Ben went on:

“`The negro replied that he was nearly perished with
the cold, and was almost starved to death, and after considerable
cross-questioning, acknowledged that he was a
runaway from the South, which last remark affected deeply
the sympathy of Mr. Pendleton, for such was the gentleman's
name, and he asked the negro into the kitchen, and
with his amiable wife, set about relieving the wants of the
poor fugitive.'”

“There,” said Dixon, blazing with wrath, and driving

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

his knife an inch at least into the top of the table before
him.

“There's northern rascality; that's for being fastened
on to the free States. Lord! how I wish we could get to
blows, I'd like to stop the wind of such a fellow as that
Pendleton.”

“But there's too many of 'em,” said Ben, keeping his
eyes deeply riveted on the printed document before him.

Dixon ground his knife around with his hand, and told
Ben to go on, and that gentleman continued:—

“`The poor negro was shivering with cold, and it seemed
as if he would embrace the stove, when he felt the pleasant
glow of warmth it sent through his benumbed frame.'”

“I could have warmed that nigger up, without a stove,”
suggested Dixon, in a philosophical manner.

Ben pretended to be very much amused indeed, and
went on.

“`Mr. Pendleton felt satisfied that the negro told the
truth about having escaped from bondage, and was further
confirmed in the fact, because the negro, against Mr. Pendleton's
wishes, would address him as Master.'”

“Now what do you think of that?” inquired Dixon,
his face eloquent with contempt.

“Think of what?” asked Ben, honestly at a loss.

“Why, of that fellow Pendleton's telling that nigger not
to call him master.”

“I think,” said Ben, imitating Dixon's manner and voice,
“that Pendleton was a chuckle-headed ass;” and he proceeded:—

“`The negro, when he discovered that Mr. Pendleton

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

knew he was from the South, begged that he should not be
taken back to his owner, which Mr. Pendleton promised, so
far as he was concerned, should not be done.'”

“Now look at that,” said Dixon, perfectly calm with
amazement, “look at that Pendleton, disobeying the laws
of the land, and violating the sacred constitution, by refusing
to send a negro back to his owner, and calling himself
a Christian, perhaps; for them Yankees all go to
church.”

“And don't you think he was Christian?” inquired Ben.

“A Christian,” replied Dixon, his voice full of scorn,
“do you think that a thief can be a Christian? Why, that
'ere Pendleton would have been sent to the Penitentiary
for keeping a runaway horse worth fifty dollars, and yet he
don't mind swindling a southern man out of a nigger worth
a thousand.”

Now Ben was very slow of comprehension on certain
subjects that deeply interested Dixon, and as he never could,
probably from the defects of his early education, exactly
confound a man and an animal together, he returned to his
book and read:—

“`The negro was accommodated with lodgings that night,
and the next day, by the kindness of Mr. P. and other citizens,
he got employment, and very soon established a character
for honesty and industry.

“It would be interesting, if we had time, to trace the
history of this fugitive slave year after year in his northern
home, and mark the rapid improvement made in intelligence
and usefulness. In six months time he learned to
read quite fluently, and soon arranging his varied

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

experience, it was found he had naturally a strong and well-balanced
mind, and unlike most of his race, he was frugal, and
took pleasure in saving money.

“By the advice of Mr Pendleton, he hired a small
house, and opened a little store, for the disposal of such
nicknacks as he was able to procure, and finally he started
what was much needed in Stoneyville, a barber's shop. In
this new character, Charles, for such was his name, really
had the head-quarters of news under lock and key, and his
shop kept so neat and clean in summer, and so warm and
snug in winter, was a favorite with all, while every one admitted
that the negro was a model of good manners, and
respectful bearing.'”

“Well, he got his manners in the South,” said Dixon,
putting an enormous piece of tobacco in his mouth.

“`At the close of the third year of his living in Stoneyville,”
continued Ben, without noticing Dixon's interruption,
“Charles met a well-behaved young woman of his own
color and unmarried, and as he had established a good character
in the mean time as a member of the church, he was
married by the resident pastor, being previously baptized
by his request, with the surname of Broadnax.'”

“And what does all that mean?” inquired Dixon, getting
confused with the details.

“Why,” said Ben, “he was married as Charles Broadnax.”

“`At last,' continued Ben to read, `the old sexton of
the “first church” in Stoneyville died, and Charles was
unanimously elected to the office of taking care of the sacred

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

edifice, the duties of which he filled to the satisfaction of
every one.'”

“Look here,” said Ben, putting the book down in his
lap, and taking a long breath, “Major, if you don't put in
a word as I go along, I shan't read.”

“And haven't you finished?” said Dixon, leaning over towards
Ben, his eyes wide open with interest.

“No, there's another short item.”

“Well, read it,” said Dixon earnestly, “for you haven't
come to the part I want to hear.”

“Well, here goes,” said Ben, resuming the narrative.

“`We have published this very interesting account of
Charles Broadnax, as a refutation of the common charge
that negroes cannot become useful citizens. This man, this
Christian, admits that until his old master, William Mildmay,
died, a gentleman Charles speaks of in the highest
respect, that he was happy and contented; but that, put under
the charge of a brutal and irresponsible overseer, he
was compelled to escape.'”

By the time Ben got thus far, Dixon started from his
seat, and dancing around the table, something as Indians
do about a bloody scalp, he told Ben he needn't read any
farther, that he had found out all that he wanted to know,
and that he could put the precious book out of sight.

Ben, who was really fatigued, readily obeyed, and turning
to Dixon, he said:

“So, you think Charles Broadnax, esquire, belongs to
the young man Mildmay, at the hotel?”

Dixon leaned down on the table, made a few hieroglyphic
marks on a piece of paper, then clapped his hat on

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

his head, and giving Ben a knowing look, he left “the
depot,” and walked rapidly up the street.

As Dixon had anticipated when he left his “pen,” he
found Mildmay in the rotunda of the hotel, quietly smoking
a cigar, and walking up and saluting him, as was his custom
when talking to planters, he took a seat at a respectful
distance, and commenced conversation.

Dixon artfully approached his object, and led the unsuspecting
Mildmay on from one point to another so ingeniously,
that he unfolded his business of slave-dealer
without exciting in his hearer any particular emotion.

This once accomplished, the advantages of the purchase
of “Heritage Place” were discussed, and Mildmay finally
learned with surprise, that Dixon himself had a plantation
in the neighborhood, and that he, Dixon, contemplated in
another year, “that he might possibly give up any active
participation in `his negro-trading business,' and settle
down quietly on his farm.”

From Dixon, Mildmay learned the best way of getting
his slaves on to Louisiana; it was decided that he should
bring them on to Washington, in the District of Columbia,
and there keep them until a vessel sailed directly to New
Orleans, from which point, they could without difficulty
reach their final place of destination. At length, Dixon
reached the subject for the moment nearest his heart.

“I think,” said he, in a careless voice, and apparently
about to leave, “that you have, Mr. Mildmay, a runaway
somewhere in the East.”

“Not that I know of,” said the young man, without displaying
any interest.

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

“I think I have heard somewhere,” continued Dixon,
“of a negro boy, called Charles, that belonged to a person
of your name, — that runaway is probably at this time
suffering, as all them runaways do, from hunger and cold.
I tell you, sir,” said Dixon, “a negro has a hard time of it
at the North in winter;” and he assumed a sympathizing
look.

“A negro certainly thrives best in a warm climate,”
said Mildmay; evidently to Dixon's annoyance, not thinking
of the runaway.

“Here's the facts,” said Dixon, taking out a scrap of
paper from his pocket; “a negro boy, named Charles,
some years ago escaped from Washington, and is now living
in the North; he says he belonged to William Mildmay,”—
and Dixon gave the best emphasis that he was
capable of to the name.

Graham started with surprise; “William Mildmay,”
said he, with emotion, “was my father's name—what is it
that you connect it with?”

“Simply,” said Dixon, with great coolness, “that he
was unfortunate in being robbed by them infernal Northeners,
of a good nigger.”

“The accident of having a runaway, sir,” said Mildmay,
with considerable sternness, “is a result of a thousand
causes which I care not to discuss. Now I remember
it, I have noticed upon the old plantation record, that
a boy is set down as having run away while hired out; but
it was many years ago, and I have never heard it otherwise
alluded to before.”

“Wouldn't you like to get him back?” said Dixon,

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

pretending to choke at the instant, to keep Mildmay from
seeing the expression of his face.

“I can't say that I would,” replied Mildmay, relapsing
into an indifferent mood. “You know, Major Dixon,
that it is a proverb among planters, `that a recaptured
runaway is unfit to associate with slaves.' I don't remember
of ever hearing of one that the owner would have
back as a gift.”

“But suppose, sir, that the boy was discontented,—
suppose he knew that you had taken possession of your
property, and wanted to come back; what would you do
then?”

“If such were the fact,” said Mildmay speculatively,
“why perhaps he might be a good servant,—especially as
he did not run off until my father died.”

“Exactly,” said Dixon, “that's just it; but when he
knows that he could come home, and live with you, why,
wouldn't it be cruel not to let him?”

“I might,” returned Mildmay, “then make a sacrifice
of my judgment, and receive him; but such improbable
circumstances I think never will occur.”

“Would you be willing that I should bring him to
you, if I should meet him?” pursued Dixon, pressing the
matter with increasing earnestness.

“You can do as you please, sir,” said Mildmay; then
hesitating a moment, he continued, “If I found the boy
troublesome or discontented, I could certainly let him go
again.”

“Certainly you can,” said Dixon; and making this
remark, he bowed gracefully, and returned to his depot.

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

Mildmay, who had received much valuable business information
from Dixon, relative to his future plans, had
continued the conversation about Charles out of respect to
Dixon's seemingly earnest desire to talk, and not from
any interest or real knowledge of what was the construed
import of his language; yet when Dixon and Mildmay
separated, the negro trader assumed that he had
Mildmay's authority to arrest Charles, if he could find
him, and bring him on to Heritage Place, while Mildmay
himself could not have conceived any thing farther from
his thoughts.

A few days only elapsed before Mildmay, much to
Fenwick's satisfaction, had completed the proposed purchase.
By a train of fortunate circumstances, he believed
he had secured a great bargain, which opinion was confirmed
by subsequent examination. The arrangements
having been fully completed, Fenwick was desirous of hurrying
away; and finding Mildmay disposed to carry out
his desire to visit the surrounding country, he took from
his employer some general directions, and rapidly pursued
his way to his old home, to make preparations for the contemplated
removal to Heritage Place.

-- 069 --

p726-074 CHAPTER VII. A VARIETY OF INCIDENTS.

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

The difficulties attending the removal of Mildmay's “force”
from the “old homestead,” seemed to him at times to be
almost insurmountable. His original intention was to
send the stoutest of his men under the care of Fenwick to
Richmond, and then send them by sea to New Orleans; but
the negroes expressed the utmost horror at being separated,
and as he found it impossible to make them understand that
they were all to meet again in Louisiana, he determined
at whatever cost and trouble it might be, to keep them
all together, and personally superintend their exodus.

For several days the negroes were busy getting together
“their plunder,” and it was with some reluctance
that they abandoned their rude tables, broken chairs, and
clumsy hen-coops, when informed that they were too cumbrous
for exportation; and nothing, perhaps, would have
reconciled them to their loss, had they not discovered that
their master set them the example, by discarding every
thing not positively necessary for the long journey before
them.

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

Mildmay discharged his duties, however, with spirit;
he had very little local attachment for his birth-place, and
but for the fact that the vicinity was hallowed by the
memory of his parents, he would have left with scarce a
lingering look behind. Beside, the rich lands of Heritage
Place, their growth of gigantic magnolias, live-oak,
and their teeming abundance, contrasted strangely bright
with the worn-out, and originally sterile, soil of his native
State.

Governor was the oracle among the negroes; he had
accompanied his master in his travels, and he alone of all
his fellow-servants could give information as to what they
were to expect in the future; and half the long nights
would he sit in the quarters, with an anxiously listening
group of sable faces and staring eyes about him, and detail
the wealth and magnificence that he witnessed “way-down
upon the Mississippi.”

Governor, in his official communications, was particularly
eloquent about the growth of cotton, and expatiated
upon it with never-tiring pertinacity.

“You don't have to get down on your knees, niggers,”
said he one evening, in his exaggerated mood, “to hunt
up cotton bolls, as you do on dis North Carolina farm.
Down in Louziany de cotton jist walks up so high, you
can't reach it widout a ladder.”

Several old “pickers” shook their heads doubtingly,
while the young and inexperienced shouted with ecstasy.

“And how much does de niggers down dar pick
a-day?” significantly asked a doubting “Tom.”

“Oh, dey don't hurt 'emselves much at work,” said

-- --

THE EMIGRATION. [figure description] 726EAF. Illustration page. A man on horseback leads a caravan through a wooded area. The man, in hat and coat, is followed by another man on horseback in hat and shirtsleeves. Behind the second man are slaves on foot. Further back, several covered wagons are visible. A dog runs along in front of the first horseback rider.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

Governor, laughing boisterously at his own wit; “dey just
pick until dey leab off, and de rest of the time dey hunt
possums.”

“Bless God for dat!” said a piously disposed field
hand; “bless God for fat possum!”

“But how's de sweet tater crap down dar?” inquired
an old servant-of-all-work, but more especially of the
kitchen garden.

“De fact is,” said Governor, solemnly, a degree of sectional
pride rising in his bosom, “de fact is, men ob color,
dat de old `North State,' as dey call dis place, can just
beat de world cl'ar, for `sweet taters.'”

A smile of the most intense satisfaction passed over
the faces of Governor's auditory, and Jack was so overcome
with joy, apparently, at this instance of local superiority,
that he fell over backwards in his delight, and
kicked Governor's bench from under him, both coming together
on the ground.

This brought the conference to an end, and Governor,
making many impotent threats of vengeance upon Jack's
head, left in disgust.

“Aint dat mighty hard case, to hab no sweet taters
down whar master's gwine!” groaned the matter-of-fact
Tom, and suddenly impressed with an idea of vast importance
to his mind, he hallooed after the retreating Governor.

“Does dey done hab pine knots down dar whar master's
gwine?”

“Not a pine knot, not a pine knot, nebber heard of
such a thing, down dar whar master's gwine,” replied the

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

still indignant Governor, at the same time maliciously imitating
the nasal twang of Tom's voice.

“Not a pine knot!” sighed the negroes in chorus;
“Oh Lord!” they ejaculated, as the fearful truth broke in
upon them, “what shall we do widout pine knots?” and
the meeting broke up; the first really serious objection
against removing to Louisiana, having impressed itself
upon their minds.

At the proposed time for starting, five large wagons
were filled with camp equipage, cooking utensils, sick or
delicate women, and infant children. It was near noon
when the long procession of wheeled vehicles and footmen,
started from the old house, and gradually falling into line,
commenced winding their toilsome way along the road.

By nightfall, the “emigrants” had passed beyond
the familiar “vicinity” of their deserted home. A place
was selected for the “encampment,” and all was cheerful
bustle. The negroes went merrily to work to cook their
suppers, the fires blazed brightly in the open air, and sweet
sleep, long ere midnight, rested upon the eyes of all, save
those of the “young master.”

From day to day the train pursued its onward but slow
progress. The care and responsibility that rested upon
Mildmay, hourly changed the giddy thoughts of youth
into the solemn reflections of sobered maturity. As he
rode ahead of his “helpless family,” he could not help
contrasting his position and duties with the lighter experience
of his college days; and there were times when sorrow
and vexation came upon him, and then he envied those

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

whose birth had relieved them of the heavy responsibilities
that had been by Providence placed upon him.

If the negroes became dispirited, he encouraged them;
if they were sick, he acted both as nurse and physician.
If the wagons broke, he it was that personally superintended
their repair. In truth, Mildmay alone was the
thinking, responsible soul of the throng.

Week after week passed on, and Mildmay found himself
approaching the end of the most laborious part of his
tedious journey. He had left the mighty pine forests of
North Carolina behind him, which, desolate as they seem,
contain untold wealth, as the reward of well-directed industry,
and was descending into the romantic valley of
the Cumberland, in the State of Tennessee.

The change of vegetation and climate was perceptible.
As the rich lands were met with, population increased, and
the refinements of life followed in the train of wealth. The
independent planters along the highways, often compelled
Mildmay to be their guest, and assisted him in the temporary
disposition of his negroes. Wherever he appeared
he commanded respect, and often did the generous-hearted
Tennesseans congratulate their sister State of Louisiana,
upon the acquisition of such a noble and intelligent young
man as one of her citizens.

As Graham neared the noble tributary of the Ohio, he
became involved with innumerable bodies of emigrants, of
every condition of life, who were, like himself, struggling
on toward a new home.

The imagination cannot paint the scenes of misery and
distress, and yet of hope, portrayed by the different

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

families as they moved along. Here were to be seen white men,
as ignorant as their negroes, pursuing their way with the
dogged firmness of American energy, carrying from habit
their rifles on their shoulder; and followed by their wives,
whose superior refinement and sensible ambition, made favorable
contrasts with the sterner sex.

It would have afforded a curious example of Southern
life, to the people of Malden, could they have seen their
favorite student, their eloquent valedictorian, their refined
and carefully arrayed Graham Mildmay; ride along their
elm-embowered streets, as he now appeared at the approaching
termination of this arduous journey to his prospective
home.

His overcoat, which he constantly wore, was soiled;
and his hat, originally broadbrimmed, to protect his face
from the sun and rain, had wilted up under their combined
influences, and flapped rowdily over his face; his
thick, strong boots, were of a dingy yellow color, and
half concealed by the heavy straps that fastened on his
spurs. Around his waist was a belt, that relieved him
from some fatigue while riding, and at nightfall, while
he watched by the camp fire, held the protecting pistol.

Would Annie Hastings have discerned her ideal,
through that rough exterior? The admiring friends of
Malden would not; yet we think, that the microscopic eye
of affection would have seen, in the ease of attitude,—in
the centaur attachment to the noble horse,—in the firm
impress of the foot, though scarcely touching the stirrup,—
in the sovereign carriage of the head,—in the self-reliance
of the eye,—that such was indeed Graham, and that his

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

real merits shone forth sublime, although undecked by
fashion's art.

Graham, after nearly two long, weary months, had the
pleasure of seeing, while at his night watch, the puffing
steam from a boat, that was gliding up the long-wished
or Cumberland. The sight filled him with pleasure; the
disagreeable part of his journey was at an end.

On the following morning, Fenwick, who had been dispatched
ahead, some two or three days in advance, met
Mildmay, as had been appointed, at his present encampment,
and gave him the pleasant information, that on the
second day following the fine steamer, “Great West,”
would be at “Ford's landing.”

“This is more fortunate than I could have expected,”
said Mildmay.

“Great luck,” said the imperturbable Fenwick; “only
big boat in the river, last one too, for they say the water is
going down, and they'll have to come to starn wheelers;”
and the faithful Fenwick seemed almost exhausted with his
volubility.

“How far are we from the ford, Fenwick?” asked Mildmay
with impatient interest.

“Not more than a day's journey, if we push up a little,”
and having said this, Fenwick, who had been away for three
days, without farther parley rode among the negroes,
who were lazily, doggedly preparing for the accustomed
start, and after bustling around, scolding, coaxing and ordering,
informed them of the fact, that at night their foot
travels would be at an end; which fact had a marvellous
effect, not only upon the negroes, but apparently upon the

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

jaded cattle, for every thing moved merrily away. There
was again heard the sounds of light-hearted laughter, and
Jack in stentorian voice struck up an extemporaneous refrain,
with a tremendous chorus of—



“Master's going down de ribber,
High O, high O,
Oh, he's de man wid a hundred niggers,
High O, high O,
Walk along steamboat, what you waiting for?
Whew—yaw, yaw, yaw.”

In the course of the ensuing morning, Graham overtook
an old wagon drawn by two skeleton oxen. Before
the animals walked a sallow-faced man, with hair as stiff and
colorless as hay. In the vehicle could be distinguished, in
spite of the hoop-stretched cotton top, a poor woman, that
seemed to be suffering intensely with the repeated attacks
of the ague.

“Where are you from, stranger?” asked Graham, riding
beside the man, and adopting, insensibly to himself, the
language of the road.

“From old North Caroline,” said the man doggedly,
without looking up.

“And where are you going?” continued Graham, with
some curiosity.

“I'm gwine to old Alabam,” was the reply, whined
out.

“By land all the way?” said Graham, feeling in his
pocket.

“All the way, except I go to Notchee on the Massissip.”

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

“How came you to leave the old North State?” pursued
Graham, willing to be interested in any passing event.

“Why you see,” said the animated automation, tipping
his poor oxen on the head with his whip, “Why you see,
the tarpentine and cutting log business stopped on the Pedee,
and the mast crap failed, so the stock died and I
thought I'd go to Alabam, and commence again.”

“And why do you go to Alabama, my friend,” suggested
Graham delicately, “when,” he continued, “you pass
so much good land upon your route?”

“Why you see, I want to get into a healthy region, said
the man, glancing at his wife.

“Why, are there no healthy places save in Alabama?”
queried Mildmay, now decidedly interested.

“No pine lands elsewhar, as I knows on,” said the man,
an air of intelligence for the first time brightening up his
vacant face.

“You have a long way before you,” said Graham in
real sympathy; “and perhaps you will allow me to loan you
a trifle, as I'm a North Carolinian myself;” and Graham
held towards the man a few silver dollars.

“Not a cent,” said the man resolutely, but casting his
eyes behind him, and meeting the gaze of his wife he said
“Perhaps the old woman will have 'em. She wants some
store medicine;” and with this remark he resumed his place
beside his cattle, as if fatigued by conversation.

Graham added to the amount he had proposed to give
to the man, placed the coins in the cold attenuated hand
of the poor emigrant's wife, and received a smile in return,

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

that he credited to Annie Hastings, and then with a light
heart galloped on after “his people.”

It was ten o'clock at night before Mildmay reached “the
ford.” It appeared as if his cattle and his negroes had
just strength to accomplish the journey, for they now all
appeared to be absolutely broken down; the task completed,
the spirit of the man no longer sustained his infirmities.

Very little pains was taken to arrange for the night;
the horses were unharnessed where they stopped in the road,
and after being carelessly fed, the negroes sat down, too fatigued
and too happy to think of eating, and in most cases,
while gazing into the clear blue water of the shining river,
fell asleep.

Graham with his own hands, assisted Fenwick in
making up a fire to protect his dependants from the night
air, and with a solemn joy he sat down and thanked Heaven
that the most dreaded task of his life had been so happily
accomplished.

Graham's journey down the Cumberland was characterized
by no startling incident. He was exceedingly fortunate
in procuring a boat large enough to take his slaves,
wagons and other property without difficulty on board. He
superintended the erection of temporary benches behind
the engines as sleeping places for his negroes, provided
them with a large stove for cooking their victuals, and made
them, under the circumstances, very happy indeed.

For himself he selected a comfortable state-room in
the cabin, which he occupied most of the day, in resting
from the fatigues he had gone through with, in reading, and
what to him was of the greatest pleasurable importance,

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

in sketching an epitome of his “Wanderings through the
Wilderness,” which was carefully sealed, and at one of the
way post-offices along the river, when the steamer stopped
to procure wood, provisions or passengers, was mailed to
Miss Annie Hastings, Malden.

Fenwick had a comfortable bed prepared among the
negroes, and at night, at stated times, Mildmay took
his watch while Fenwick slept, to preserve them from
evil communications; from being enticed away; and for
their general protection.

Night after night, when Graham's dependants were
wrapped in oblivious, care-dissipating sleep, would he pace
for long and solitary hours; a sentinel, who, not only guarded
and defended, but had to think, act and provide for those
who were placed in his charge. The sickening mists of the
river would roll over his person, while he was at his post,
the profane and reckless conversation of the deck hands
would salute his ear—all was rough, ungenial, barbarous.

Once upon his new plantation, he soon became interested
in the establishment of his force in their quarters, and in
providing his overseer with a house. There were mechanics
to employ, agricultural implements to be obtained, money
to be procured, and a thousand annoyances he could not
anticipate, favorable as were his circumstances, compared
with thousands who seek a new home in the Southwest.

Mr. Moreton occasionally rode over to see Graham, and
assisted him by many useful suggestions; but to return
these visits, Graham never went abroad except on business.
The summer and winter passed away, and spring came.
The crop was in the ground, the prospect of the future was

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

bright, and as the necessity of exertion ceased, so did Graham
relax from his cares, and begin to think of some repose
as a reward for his unceasing industry.

It was now that his affection for Annie increased. He
now had a home to invite her to, he longed for her society,
he wished to hear her merry laugh ring through his house,
and see her grace his now solitary table. Fenwick was
competent and trustworthy, and, sooner than he intended,
Graham made his preparations to visit the North.

Judging from Annie's letters (for within the last year
Graham and Annie had directly corresponded with each
other), a responsive chord had been touched in her bosom.
The cold calm reserve of her first epistles, had given way
to a tone of unrestrained confidence.

It was these letters that gilded all of Graham's cares.
In the solitary musings of his journey through the “Old
North State,” in his repose by the side of his camp fire
among the rich lands and hospitable people of Tennessee,
at his midnight watch on the Mississippi, or his solitary
hours at Heritage Place, Annie's letters had been his greatest
solace, and he exulted that he had awakened an interest
in her heart, and that she was the chosen companion of his
life.

Every thing with Graham had gone well. The young
planter felt just pride as he rode over his broad acres, and
witnessed the improvements of Heritage Place. The neglected
out-buildings were now neat and comfortable, the
dilapidated fences were all repaired; and there were evidences
of a coming reward for agricultural labor, pursued under
his own observant eye.

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

Graham, in fact, seemed destined to great worldly prosperity.
On the same day he received a letter from North
Carolina announcing his probable heirship to a handsome
estate, left by a distant relative of whose existence he had
never before heard, and one from his commission merchant
in New Orleans, offering him a large advance on the original
amount he gave for Heritage Place

Nearly two years had passed since he left Malden.
Now relieved of the pressure of business cares, he determined,
even sooner than he had intended, to visit the North.
His arrangements were soon made, and leaving every thing
in charge of Fenwick, he set out upon his long anticipated
trip. Graham once upon his journey, was himself surprised
at his own impatience. Night and day he had but
one idea, and that was, to speed on his way.

Arriving at Malden, he at once proceeded to his hotel.
As he rattled along its streets, he recognized the familiar
buildings as they appeared to dance when looked at through
the windows of the coach, and recognized the happy faces
of many merchants and citizens with whom he was familiar.
There were students too, standing about in groups, whose
listless gait and abstracted airs brought old time feelings
to his heart. The coach rattled on. The familiar house
of Dr. Elliott, rising against the sky from its commanding
position, seemed to float by him as if whirling in a circle
of which he was the centre—anon there came familiar trees
and shady walks, then rushed by him the old Hastings
House, the window panes glistening like crystal, all quiet,
all repose, and he sank back upon his cushioned seat, almost
suffocated with the swellings and throbbings of his heart.

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

Another instant and the vehicle stopped Its door was
opened, and Mildmay jumped out upon the pavement.
“Mildmay,” “Graham,” shouted a dozen voices at once,
and he was overwhelmed with gratulations.

His fellow students, who had, as freshmen, heard his
eloquent valedictory, but now grown into solemn juniors,
fairly hugged him round the neck, while the honest old
landlord of the “Hotel” stood by, and when he could get
an opportunity helped Graham up the steps as if he were
his own long lost but now returned son.

It was the idle hour of the day at Malden, and the
news spread from mouth to mouth, and ran along the streets
with telegraphic quickness, that “Graham Mildmay had
come!”

There was an absolute sensation of pleasure that beat
like a pulse among all the people, so much was Graham beloved.
Dr. Elliott caught the news, as he was working in
his flower-garden, and by twilight trimming into shape a
honeysuckle vine, and the good old man, just where he was,
fell upon his knees and returned thanks to Heaven, that he
was to see his “beloved child again.”

Annie the while was in her own room, looking over
Graham's last letter. “He will certainly be here the day after
to-morrow, if he is not mistaken in the time; he surely
would not delay on the way,” she reflected, as the blood
mantled to her cheeks, and while thus engaged at her own
speculations and communing with her own thoughts, a
favorite but stately old female servant of the Hastings
family stole up to Annie's room and gently pushed at the
door, but finding it locked she stopped and said:

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

“Mistress Annie, he's come.”

“Where?” said Annie, looking around vaguely.

“Not here yet, but at the hotel,” replied the solemn
old servant, walking away.

Annie sat a moment like one entranced. Her delicate
face grew red and pale, and then crushing Graham's letter
to her face she found relief in deep, scalding, gushing tears.

As soon as Graham could do so, he slipped away from
his friends, and his first act was to write and dispatch a note
to the old Hastings House, and half an hour afterwards he
was rapidly threading the familiar streets of Malden.

Annie, pale with excitement, sat in the old parlor, buried
in an arm-chair, with a book upside down in her hand, yet
one would suppose, from her intent gaze upon it, that she
was busy reading. The time since Graham had last seen
her had wrought many changes in her appearance. She
was now in the full perfection of maidenly beauty. She
was, too, somewhat grown in height, her form was full and
round, and there was a thoughtful, responsible expression
about her eye, making it far more beautiful than in the
times that were past.

The grim old puritan female servant of the Hastings
family, had lived for years, it might almost be said for a
century, in the house, and had never in all that time shown
any more sentiment or geniality than would a pillar of ice.
She had known Annie from her infancy, and yet had in all
that time coldly and respectfully done her duty toward the
young lady, frowning down any thanks or professions of love
as if they were mortal sins. But now she was roused. It
would seem that she had watched the love passages between

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

the young people, and for the first time to Annie's knowledge
had she shown some symptoms of sympathy with the
affairs of the heart; in announcing Graham's arrival, and
when he came upon the steps of the old mansion, before
even his impatient hand was lifted, she opened the door,
and gently letting Graham in, she pointed to the parlor
and said:

“She's there,—alone,” and disappeared.

-- 085 --

p726-092 CHAPTER VIII. A PLEASANT DREAM MADE REALITY.

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

The summer to Graham and Annie passed rapidly away,
and with the fall came the preparations for “the master's”
return to the South.

On the morning following the marriage, there stood in
front of the old Hastings House a carriage, and all the familiar
preparations for a long journey. Presently the door
opened and Graham, with Annie in her travelling dress and
leaning upon his arm, made his appearance. The rear of
the group was filled up with a number of persons, in whose
faces smiles were seen struggling with tears.

The farewells had been uttered, the last embraces given.
As the carriage door closed upon Graham and Annie, the
young wife thrust her hand through the window, and waved
her adieus as long as those who had so carefully raised
and so fondly loved her could be seen; but soon recovering
her self-possession, she seized Mildmay's hand, and looking
in his face with childlike confidence, asked:

“How long, Graham, shall we be in getting home?

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

Graham, once on his way South, became anxious to reach
his journey's end, and by such progress as was not fatiguing
to Annie, he was soon upon the Ohio, and rapidly descending
the Mississippi.

The rivers were low and the best class of accommodations
were not to be had, but to Annie, this very want of
facilities proved a source of constant amusement.

Heritage Place, as has been described, was off the river
some twenty miles, and approached by a bayou, which in
the spring of the year was navigable. When Graham
landed at the point on the river nearest his plantation,
he found that he would have to make the rest of the journey
by land, or in a skiff, as the bayou was now almost
dried up.

There were no families residing near “the landing,” and
no places of accommodation that could afford a comfortable
shelter for the night; and this unexpected difficulty gave
Graham a great deal of annoyance. As the steamer on
which they had lived so pleasantly for many days disappeared,
it seemed to Annie that she and Mildmay had been
abandoned in the forests.

Two negroes who were employed in chopping wood near
by, came forward, and instantly recognized “Master Mildmay,”
and by their assistance Graham got his trunks up
the steep bank, and deposited them and Annie under the
shade of a wide-spreading tree. The negroes then ran off
and said they would return with their master.

“This is rather rough, Annie,” said Graham, looking
around, “but it is very rarely that persons find themselves
in our strait. If Fenwick could have anticipated our

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

arrival,” he continued, “the carriage would have been in
waiting.”

“It's only twenty miles you say, Graham, and then we
are home,” suggested Annie.

“Only twenty.”

“Then let us go at once,” said the young wife, “for I
verily believe I could walk all the way.”

“You are a brave girl,” said Mildmay, laughing, “but
we will do better than that; see, here comes some one who
will assist us,” and Graham looked towards the proprietor
of one of the log cabins in the neighborhood.

A rough-looking man came up, and instantly recognized
Graham, and shook him cordially by the hand. He
said, among other things, that he had been “down the
bayou,” a few days before; had seen Fenwick; that every
thing looked well, and promised a fine crop, and also, that
Fenwick did not expect Mildmay for a week.

This gossip was exceedingly gratifying to Mildmay,
and it was soon arranged, that he would go home in a
“skiff,” as there was water enough for that purpose. The
baggage was removed to the light boat, the two negroes
took their places as oarsmen, and Graham helped Annie
into the stern, and took his place beside her. In the
course of two hours they were sailing merrily along, soon
comparatively to be at the end of the journey.

As the skiff proceeded, Graham explained to Annie
how it was, that in “high water,” the dark muddy sluiceway
through which they were then travelling would contain
a flood, in which the largest ships could navigate; and

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

by other descriptions of scenery, and pleasant incidents, he
beguiled the time.

Gradually the sun settled down in the west, and the
deep, dark shadows of the primitive forests shrouded the
earth; Annie instinctively clung closer to Graham, her
terrors in spite of herself, sometimes almost overcoming
her self-possession.

Four hours had passed away, when in the bend of the
bayou, far ahead, Annie saw, rising up from among the
trees, a stately mansion. It presented an imposing effect
in the dim light.

“Is that a delusion?” said Annie, pointing to the
house, that seemed, from the motion of the skiff, to be itself
moving about.

Graham stared curiously a moment, and then recognized
Annie's home; but so altered, by a thorough painting,
since he had been away, that for a moment he did not
know it himself.

“That is the end of our journey; in a few moments
more we shall be in our own house.”

“I can hardly realize it,” said Annie; “and more,
it seems so strange, to see such mansions rising out of
these desolate-looking woods.”

“To-morrow all will be changed. Once,” he continued,
“on the banks above us, and you will see a country of surpassing
loveliness.”

“Go 'long dar”—“what you 'bout, Brandy”—“step
along, Gen. Jackson”—“what's you doing, Logan,” and
other colloquial sounds, suddenly rose from the woods,

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

frightening the owls, who, not yet fairly awake, went
whooping like Indian spirits off into the solitudes.

“As I live,” said Graham, to Annie, “I believe that
is old Ben's voice—Ben—Ho! Ben,” shouted Graham, so
loudly, that he perfectly astonished Annie with his vehemence.

“Crack,” “snap,” went the ox-goad, popping like a
pistol, while the heavy wheels of the cart, seemed to grind
into the earth the limbs of trees over which they were
moving.

“Ben—Ben, I say!” again shouted Graham.

“Whoa!” Ben was heard to say; instantly all was still,
and again Graham called.

The next moment there was seen, on the banks of the
bayou, and almost over the skiff, the dark form of a negro,
over whose shoulders rested a long-handled whip.

“Who calls old Ben down dar?” said the man, staring
wildly about.

“Your master,” said Graham, half vexed at old Ben's
obtuseness.

“Say dat agin!” said old Ben, commencing a sort of
extempore jig, as most expressive of his joy, at his master's
return.

The skiff had now fairly rounded the point, on which
Ben stood, and coming near him, Graham said:

“Ben, why don't you hurry off to the house, and tell
Mr. Fenwick I am coming, with your mistress, up the
bayou.”

The negro stopped to hear no more; in another instant
he was rushing along in the dark, like a perturbed spirit,

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

yelling and laughing by turns, and when he could find
time, saying:—

“Master's come! master's come!”

It was now completely dark; there had been nothing to
guide the rowers, but the silver thread of the stream, relieved
against the gloom; but in a few moments lights
sprung up in different directions, and were seen moving to
and fro, and finally all came together at one point.

Anon, the snorting of a horse, then the heavy tramp
of hoofs, and then Fenwick was heard to say,

“This way, you scoundrels, with those torches—here's
the landing.”

All this seemed to Annie as if she were in a dream;
she could not believe its reality; even Mildmay appeared
changed; for, from the dim light reflected on his face, he
seemed to have turned to bronze.

The negroes who rowed the “skiff,” now turned it towards
the concentration of lights, and in a moment more
it ceased to move, for want of the proper depth of water.

Gradually the location of things developed themselves
to Graham; for the first time, he knew exactly where he
was, and he found that between him and the solid earth
was twenty feet of soft, muddy deposit of the bayou.

As soon, however, as the skiff was discovered from the
shore, there rushed to it a dozen stout negroes; many
bearing torches, and all anxious to see “master.” Graham
rose up, and hurriedly saluted his dependants, and
then gave directions for getting him out of his temporary
difficulties. Forgetting, at the moment, that Annie
had never seen a dozen negroes in her life, until within

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

the few days she had been on a western steamer, he ordered
some of his men “to carefully lift her ashore.”

Annie heard the order with astonishment; it seemed
in the momentary exaggeration of her fears, that Graham
designed her for destruction, and throwing her arms around
his neck in unqualified terror, she exclaimed:—

“No, no, don't consign me to these men.”

In an instant Graham comprehended Annie's feelings,
and with an inward consciousness of deep pain at his
want of consideration, he sternly commanded the officious
negroes to stand aside; and now communicating freely with
Fenwick, ordered him to get some plank or rails, and
make such a walk, as he could, with safety, help Annie
over himself.

The suggestion once made, it was instantly carried into
effect, and Annie, trembling in every limb with excitement,
reached the shore.

In a few moments more she was in her own room, where
the careful “Clemmy,” the house servant, had considerately
prepared a blazing fire upon the hearth. But the excitement
had confused her mind. She was feverish and restless;
her imagination was filled with dark, mysterious
caverns, and strange-looking beings with torches, who
seemed determined to seize hold of her in some way, and
do her injury. Then there were the many dependants of
Mildmay, who, in their clamorous joy, were crowding into
the doors and windows to see “master” and “mistress.”
All these things overcame Annie, and she weepingly
begged Graham to dispense with all attendants, and sit

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

down beside her, that she might feel, and gradually comprehend,
that they were alone.

In a little while Annie entirely recovered her self-possession,
and with a smile of heaven-born benignity, she
congratulated herself that her travels were at an end.
Night closed in, the angel of peace spread her wings over
the domestic scene; Graham's fondest hope was realized;
Annie was indeed mistress of Heritage Place.

-- 093 --

p726-100 CHAPTER IX. AN UNSUCCESSFUL ENTERPRISE.

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

Stoneyville is one of the most pleasant towns in the rural
State of Vermont. It is in an out-of-the-way nook, on
the very edge of the great currents of travel, yet not perceptibly
influenced by them, for it retains most of its old-times
features, a large number of its best houses having
been in existence at the time of the Revolution. Stoneyville
is also somewhat remarkable for possessing an old
ruin; a thing rare, indeed, in New England. Past the
edge of the village, flowed a spring-fed stream, which, at
the lower part of the town, widened into quite a deep lake.
Upon some rocks in the centre of this sheet of water, had
many years before, been built by an unsuccessful speculator,
a flour mill, now in decay; it having been discovered
when too late, that the enterprise needed two things to
make it succeed; enough swift-running water to turn the
mill, and enough wheat to keep it busy; both were wanted,
but what the disappointed miller lost, the town of Stoneyville
gained in the picturesque.

The traditions of Stoneyville are very interesting: the

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

little boys can point out the very spot where they say
General Stark stood, when he made his famous address to
his soldiers; where the Green Mountain Boys bivouacked
a few days before the battle of Bennington. They also
have traditions of wounded soldiers, that were brought
into the town, and lodged in specified houses, and who died
encouraging the living never to surrender their liberties
until death.

These incidents are characteristic of the town of Stoneyville,
but in them was all the bloodshed and violence that
were familiar to the people, for no place was more peaceable,
more primitive, than this little village. The uses
of law were scarcely known, the poor-house and the jail
were alike almost destitute of tenants. But for the many
flourishing schools within its vicinity, and the consequent
visiting of anxious parents, to witness the progress of
their children, Stoneyville would have been forgotten, save
to the little world of which it was the centre.

Here it was the good fortune of Charles Broadnax, of
whom we have heard in another chapter, to find a retreat,
and here he had resided in peace, and would probably have
continued to do so to the end of his days, had not his
prosperity attracted the good-natured attention of the local
editor; who thus, while intending to compliment him,
brought a knowledge of his whereabouts to the eye of
Major Dixon, the bitter enemy of the African race.

The negro trader, in due course of time, for the accomplishment
of his plans, having informed himself in Washington
of the locality of Stoneyville, and also of the character
of its inhabitants, chuckled over the prospect of the

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

“hell of a fuss he was going to kick up among the Yankees;”
and obtaining a temporary commission as
United States Marshal, for one of his “own men,” and
selecting two others, who hung about the slave depots in
Washington, for assistants; armed with the “solemn authority
of law,” and what they deemed necessary appendages,
revolvers and bowie knives; the four were soon in the
State of Vermont, and managed to remain long enough to
concoct their plans at the railroad station, some five miles
from Stoneyville, without, in the hurry and bustle of the
passing to and fro, attracting any particular attention.

Having secured a room at the railroad hotel, Dixon
made his companions place all their weapons in his trunk,
which he locked up; observing that if any of the inhabitants
saw any of their “playthings,” they would know that
they were Southerners negro-hunting, and give the alarm.
He then cautioned them not to swagger, or get intoxicated,
but behave themselves until he returned; for, ever intent
on business, he proposed at once to proceed on foot to Stoneyville;
reconnoitre the place, find out where Charles was,
lay all his plans; and then, with the assistance of his confederates,
make the capture.

With these ideas, he started up the road that led to
his place of destination. It was a pleasant September
afternoon; all nature smiled,—the naturally sterile hill
sides were mantled with ripening fruits,—and the hay
fields filled the air with fragrance. A long way off there
could be seen the modest spire of Stoneyville church, glistening
just above the intervening hills.

“I wonder how these ere people manage to live,”

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

soliloquized Dixon, as he strode along; “cuss me!” he
continued, looking around, “if they don't seem to keep
fat on blue stone, for they've not much else to eat:” and
then looking ahead, and perceiving the spire of the church,
that for a moment came in full view, he said, “Thar's a
church; I suppose that's the shop Charles is sexton of;
why didn't they make him the preacher, or send him to
Congress?”

Just at this moment there came rattling along a two-horse
wagon, driven by a merry boy, some twelve years
old; the horses in perfect condition, and looking fairly
gay under their well-kept harness.

“Wal, I rayther guess you'd better ride,” said the
boy, holding up his steeds, to get Dixon's answer.

“How far are you going?” inquired Dixon, his hand
already on the fore wheel, ready to mount.

“Wal, I'm goin' near tu Stoneyville, but not right tu
it,” said the little teamster, his eyes dancing with life and
health.

Another moment, and the Major was hurried along at
a swinging trot; and being a good judge of a horse, “almost
as good,” to use his own language, “as he was of
niggers,” he appeared highly delighted with his unexpected
good fortune.

It seemed to Dixon but a few moments before the boy
stopped, and told him, although the town was entirely
hidden from view, that just beyond the spur of the hill
ahead, he would be at Stoneyville. Dixon jumped into
the road, and taking from his pocket a twenty-five cent
piece, offered it to the boy.

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

“I hain't got no change,” said the little fellow, gathering
up the reins to move on.

“Never mind the change,” said Dixon, laughing.

“Wal, I hope you don't guess I'll take all that money
fur such a little ride, do you?”

“I guess you will,” sneeringly returned Dixon, all of
his hatred of the Yankee character being revived by the
nasal twang of the urchin; “I guess you will take it, and
you'd better buy one of these farms with part of it, and
keep the rest to build you a house.”

The boy took the money with evident surprise at the
liberality of the gift marked on his face, and laughed
heartily at Dixon's remark, for he understood it exactly
different from what it was intended; and then touching
up his horses, soon rattled on out of sight.

Now something in all this had annoyed Dixon, and he
strode on to the village in exceeding bad humor. Although
it was in the usual business hours of the day, he
saw no one in the streets; the houses set back from the
road,—the front doors were generally open,—but all was
still. He passed one or two modest-looking stores; the
inmates seemed to be absorbed in books, or half asleep.
At the extreme end of the town he discovered an old-fashioned
tavern sign, and to it he wended his way.

Suddenly he heard the hum of busy voices, merry
laughter, and other signs of life; and it appeared to him
that by a simultaneous movement, the heretofore quiet
streets were alive with children. The merry urchins
poured out from almost every house, and went whooping
in merry troops up and down the streets. Such a

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

continued array of white faces, and rosy cheeks, depressed
Dixon; and at the moment, he would have looked upon a
negro, if legitimately in his presence, with all the sentiment
of suddenly seeing among strangers a familiar face.

Dixon soon made an interested friend of the landlord
of the “Farmer's Inn;” and although out of the usual
hour, he ordered some refreshments, and then asked to be
directed to the village barber. The landlord pointed him
out the shop, and then disappeared to attend to his unexpected
call for a dinner.

Charles Broadnax lived near the centre of the village,
and opposite the church. Over the door, in simple letters,
was the name; and on the inside, the negro man
could be seen busily dusting off the various articles that
composed his stock in trade. A dark and terrible expression
passed over the face of Dixon, as he saw the negro;
but by a great effort of will, he controlled himself, and
entered the “saloon.”

Charles, with professional courtesy, made the usual
bow; and asked what the gentleman would have. Dixon
signified his desire, and in another moment was undergoing
the necessary, but not very poetical infliction of being
shaved. Charles was at leisure, and took more than usual
pains to please; and when Dixon came from under his
manipulations, he looked vastly improved.

Before Dixon left, Charles's two children, of seven and
nine years of age, came into the shop, and leaving some
message, immediately went out again. Dixon paid his
bill, and casually inquired:

“You have some children, I see?”

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

“Yes,” said Charles, “I have got four.”

“And how do you like living in this cold country?”
inquired Dixon, pretending to be very much interested
with a picture that ornamented the wall.

There was something in the tone of voice and manner
of Dixon that now alarmed Charles, yet he could not tell
why. The sound of the voice,—the cold, distrustful, and
evidently unsympathizing expression,—revived recollections
that had been slumbering in his memory for years;
and yet, while his heart sunk within him, nothing visible
to his eye seemed to justify his fears.

Dixon saw the mental agitation of his victim, and was
confirmed in his idea that he was talking to the fugitive;
but to place the matter beyond a doubt, he said:

“I rode up from the railroad depot with one of your
citizens, and I have heard your story with a great deal of
interest.”

“Ah!” said Charles, instantly recovering his spirits
(for his escape from slavery was quite a familiar romance
in the vicinity); “many people do talk of my having come
from the South; but for that, I should almost forget it
myself.”

Dixon said no more, but walked back to the “Farmers'
Inn,” and commenced in excellent spirits his plain, but
neatly dressed, and substantial dinner. The landlord
was a garrulous man, and talked about a thousand things
of no possible interest to Dixon; but upon that gentleman
mentioning what an excellent barber the town of Stoneyville
was blessed with, Boniface went into the whole details
of Charles's coming to the town,—his early struggle

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

to maintain himself,—and his final triumphs; and then
launched off into a tirade against slavery, and wound up
with loud denunciations on the head of negro traders,
whom the landlord said he had Charles's authority for asserting
“were a pack of thieving scoundrels, who would
do any thing base to sell the souls and bodies of the unfortunate
slave.”

“Did that nigger barber say that?” growled Dixon,
as well as he could, with his mouth full of excellent pudding.

The landlord, perfectly delighted that he had at last
touched upon a subject that interested his guest, replied:

“Yes, he said that; and I'll add,” continued the
landlord, determined to be agreeable, “that a man that
will give himself up to make a trade of selling human
beings,—to separating parents and children,—deserves to
go down to the bottomless pit, where there is weeping and
wailing and gnashing of teeth.”

“That's your opinion, is it?” said Dixon, perfectly
strangled with wrath, and purple in his face.

“It is,” said the landlord, still unconscious of the
effect of his remarks; “and it's the opinion of every decent
man in the country;”—and then pausing a moment, and
giving his language great effect, he continued: “Charles
says, that in the South even, a nigger trader is despised
and loathed, and not allowed to sit at a gentleman's table;
and if such is the case —”

“Shut up your infernal gab!” finally roared Dixon,
almost in an apoplectic fit, “and the devil take Charles!—

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

Can t you let a man eat a meal in your house, without insulting
him, you chuckle-headed fool?”

The landlord fell back against the wall, overcome with
astonishment.

“I hope I haven't offended you!” he said, the moment
he could speak.

Dixon, who had convulsively seized the carving knife
before him, and half risen in his chair, dropped the
weapon, and settling back in his seat, while his face was
still black with indignation, he begged the landlord to excuse
him, “as he was subject to flows of blood to the
head.”

In a few moments he paid his bill, and walked precipitately
into the street. The instant that he reached the
highway, and was beyond observation and hearing, he unloosed
his neck-kerchief, to let the air come to his
neck, for its veins were swelling and heaving as if heated
by an internal fire; and then throwing his arms about him
as if to obtain more relief, he poured out upon the landlord
of the “Farmers' Inn,” and upon Charles, curses
and maledictions that rivalled the fiends themselves; and it
was not until he had walked the whole five miles necessary
to reach the railroad station, that he was fairly self-possessed.

Dixon, on his arrival among his confederates, kept up
the discipline necessary for the best execution of his plans.
He would not allow them to appear much together in the
street, nor would he, when observed, have much to say to
them himself. It was not until ten o'clock at night, that
they met in their sleeping room, and discussed their plans.

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

Dixon gave a graphic account of his adventures at
Stoneyville, and was further enraged by his friends' laughter,
as he detailed how the landlord, to use the deputy
United States marshal's language, “hit him under the
short ribs;” but the conclave finally concluded, that it
would be a great thing gained, if it were possible, “to
stake the landlord down, and give him a `hundred,' before
they carried off his nigger friend, Charles.”

“And how far is Stoneyville from this place?” inquired
the deputy marshal.

“Five miles,” said Dixon, sententiously.

“Five miles!” repeated the marshal, pulling out an
old watch; “why, Major Dixon,” he continued, “it is
now only eleven o'clock; we can get to Stoneyville by one,
and take the nigger in his den, asleep, and be back in time
for the three o'clock morning train.”

“I know that,” snarled Dixon, “I could go back alone
to Stoneyville, and take him myself, and bring him here;
but that isn't the thing,—I want a row,—I want some of
them guessing Yankees to interfere; I want that landlord
to get a rip with a bowie,—I want to make these fellows
feel what it is to infringe on Southern rights.

The two men, whom Dixon had hired to accompany
him, finally fell into a slumber, but the deputy marshal
seemed a little nervous about his “official capacity,” from
the fact, that his commission seemed to him a profound
delegation of terrible power, and he was constantly afraid
that it would either be infringed upon, or not sufficiently
exerted; so he kept wide awake, and continued in conversation
with Dixon.

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

Now the major was exceedingly well skilled in his
business, and he had inculcated the deputy marshal with
the belief, that if he, the marshal, was successful in this
“particular hunt,” that he might get into a fine run of
business, and soon make himself rich; and to further stimulate
his confederate, Dixon gave several illustrations of
the profits of fugitive hunting; but the story he told with
most unction, ran as follows:—

“When I fust commenced this business, it was before
the abolitionists had created such a fuss against the South,
and before the slave States made the law, that a negro
was free, if his master took him voluntarily into the northern
States. The consequence was, that a great many gentlemen
owned niggers, who had by travel got to be pretty
considerable sort of gentlemen.

“A young man, by the name of Pinckney, who at about
twenty-one, came in possession of a large estate, took it
into his head to have in Europe a grand “spludge,” so he
took his body servant, Benson, about as white as niggers
ever get to be, and started off. I think Benson told me
that his master stayed abroad about ten years, and visited
all the kings and queens, and courted duchesses, and all
that sort of thing; Benson half the time passing for his
companion, and all the time treated as if he was, no mistake,
white.

“When Pinckney got back home again, he found his
funds rather low; and having got a taste for cards and
horses, he went down South, and commenced the genteel
gambler, and figured on the race track; and it was generally
given in, that if it hadn't been for Benson's smartness,

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

he'd a gone to the dogs in less time than it takes to brand
a nigger.

“Now a race track, Mr. Deputy Marshal, is a bad
place for fools,—a bad place for a man that loses his
senses in drinking too much—I never do that,—and a bad
place for a bird, any way, that is rather loose in his
feathers. Be that as it may, Pinckney soon had fastened
on him a shrewd man, who determined to get Benson from
him, by fair means or foul; and so he stuck to him with
“marked cards,” and pisening his race horses, and bribing
their riders, until Pinckney put up Benson against fifteen
hundred dollars, and lost him on the race track, easier
than a turtle rolls off a log.

“Now, the man that won Benson didn't live in a palace,
or have any duchesses about him, I tell you. He occupied
a log-cabin, eat corned pork, and amused himself
drinking whiskey, running horses, and hunting niggers. He
was a real spirited gentleman, but rather imprudent in
whipping, for he used to lay it on when he got mad, so that
the nigger never got over it, and that is a foolish wasting
of property, for you see Mr. Deputy, there is no feeling in a
nigger's hide below the skin, and if you will take time, you
can get it all out of his body without touching a vital—but
howsomever, the man had a right to kill 'em if he could
afford to, for a person should do as he pleases with his
own.

“As soon as this man won Benson, who stood by, dressed
up in the very clothes he brought from France, and a
gold watch in his pocket, he said very mildly: `Benson,
my boy, that half neck ahead of my horse as they came out

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

at the stand, made me your master; now I have a prejudice
agin dandy niggers, agin learned niggers, and agin
white niggers; and as I don't fancy the airs Mr. Pinckney
puts on, I think I'll commence your education by whipping
out of your hide all the gyrations he's larned you; and if
you live through it, maybe you'll make a good cotton picker
at last,' and as the winner said this, he commenced without
further ceremony belting Benson with a heavy whip,
every stroke of which cut the broadcloth into flinders.

“Now, Pinckney (who was drunk when he put up Benson
as a stake, for he would have sacrificed his life for the
boy had he been sober), seeing the man strike Benson, he
drew a knife, and demanding how any one dared to strike
his nigger, rushed in, and a general fight ensued; but as
might be expected, the gamblers got the advantage, for
they cut up Pinckney awful, so he died the next day, but
the nigger disappeared, and wasn't seen afterwards.

“Now Benson understood that he had been lost on a
bet, and determining not to go with his new master, the
moment the fight commenced, he slipped out of sight, hid
away in the woods, and hailed the first boat going to Cincinnati
after he got to the Mississippi River, and was taken
on board and treated all the way like a gentleman, no
one on the boat even suspecting that he was a darkee,
much less a runaway slave.

“Benson found his way of course to the British possessions,
and if our government at Washington had any spunk,
it would declare war on Canada, just to get the runaways;
that's the way it sarved the Seminoles, and a very pretty
thing we made of it. Benson once on English sile, set

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

himself up for a gentleman at large, and as he could talk about
crowned heads, picters and all that sort of nonsense, he was
looked upon as the perlitest man ever was seen, and you'd
scarcely believe it, set up a perfumery store and married an
English woman, as handsome I'm told as any in the country.”

The deputy marshal, who had listened up to this moment
in profound silence; at the statement of the marriage,
rolled up his eyes in astonishment, and said:—

“Oh, Major! You're going it too strong.”

“Not a bit of it; for you see Benson was a white nigger,
and it took a good judge to show the cross. I have,”
he continued, “paid a heap of money out to settle this very
question of how white a nigger can be.

“'Twas only six years ago, I bought, near Richmond,
for a friend of mine in Orleans, a real blue-eyed white nigger
girl; and after I got her on the ship, a habeas corpus
was got out, to prove she was clear white. Her lawyer
took the ground that she was free—for, you see it was argued
according to the Virginny statute, `that every person
who had one fourth negro blood should be deemed a nigger,
and that every person who had less than that should have
a certificate of being white. 'Twas a hard struggle for
twenty hundred dollars, I tell you, for the man I bought
the girl of, had taken the money and left.

“Fortunately the girl hadn't any education; she looked
beautiful, and being only fifteen, was worth to a young fellow
with plenty of money, three thousand as she stood, and
as she couldn't plead her case, and didn't seem to care,—
when I showed them that the inside of her hands was

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

a little smoother than ordinary white folks, and the dark
line down the spine; the justice give in and I took her off;
but for that, it would have been as good as losing six ordinary
niggers, as things then stood.

“But as I was saying about Benson; he took to the perfumery
business, and married a white wife, and got to be a
great man in his way, I tell you. There he lived, not even
his fellow-runaways suspecting that he had ever seen a slave
State. But a Southern man, who had seen Benson on the
race track, recognized him in Canada, and it got to my ears,
and the first time I was down in Louisiana after I heard
of his whereabouts, I bought out his master's interest for
fifty dollars, and took a regular bill of sale.

“I expected to have a deal of trouble, if I ever got
Benson at all, but he walked into the trap I set for him
like a bumble-bee into a sugar hogshead. Just one letter,
pretending to be from a New York merchant, that wanted
to see him in Detroit, brought him under the American flag
and into a pair of handcuffs.”

“And what became of him at last?” asked the deputy
marshal.

“Why,” said Dixon, rising up and walking about the
room, “as a mere money speculation, Benson turned out
badly. I spent three hundred dollars to get him to St.
Louis, and carried him gagged and tied all the way, and
when I got him fairly in limbo, after all my trouble, he had
the ingratitude to hang himself to the rafters, and so give
me the slip after all.”

“And what became of his wife?” asked the marshal with
more interest than he had at any other time displayed.

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

“I don't know,” said Dixon, with an equivocal smile on
his face, “but I remember that the papers and the abolitionists
at the time made a great deal of fuss about it, and
said the woman went crazy; but the idea of a white woman
going crazy for a nigger, was working the sentimental with
too much steam on, and I never thought about the subject
afterwards.”

A few orders in the morning were given by Dixon, and
the men walked rapidly on their way. At this moment you
could scarcely distinguish the quiet story-teller of the previous
night, with the man as he appeared under the growing
excitement of making a capture. He seemed to be a
head taller; there was an erectness about his figure, a fire
in his eye, and an expression in his face that was really impressive,
and he seemed to inspire his followers with his
own defiant spirit.

The streets of Stoneyville, as the men entered at different
points, were alive with children going to school, and
with citizens on their way to their daily avocations. Dixon,
always in sight of his fellow laborers, walked straight up
to Charles's shop, and peeping in at the window, discovered
the object of his search busily employed in dressing the
hair of a reverend-looking gentleman. Raising his finger,
the deputy marshal, white with fear and excitement, came
within a few yards of him, while the hired assistants had
reached stations near Dixon equidistant up and down the
street.

The moment that every thing was ready, Dixon tapped
on the door, and Charles, comb in hand, stepped forward
and opened it, and as he put his head out, Dixon seized him

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

with his left hand by the collar and jerked him into the
street, at the same instant striking him a stunning blow on
his head with a heavy club.

The negro reeled, staggered against the side of the
house, and fell on his knees.

“Where the hell are the handcuffs?” said Dixon to the
deputy, while his other assistants rushed up, and according
to instructions, with loud voices and imprecations warned
the citizens, who were gathering round, not to interfere
with the officers of the United States. The moment, however,
that the iron touched Charles, he seemed to comprehend
his situation, and ere the four men had succeeded in
perfectly securing both of his wrists, with a herculean
effort he broke his hold, and rising on his feet, the blood
streaming down his forehead and cheeks, he dashed the
dangling handcuffs in Dixon's face, broke from the grasp
of his enemies, and amid a shower of bullets, and almost
stripped of his clothing, ran a short distance and plunged
into the deep but narrow river that flowed by the town.
Dixon followed him to the river bank, the deputy marshal
meantime waving his commission over his head, and calling
on the people to assist him in carrying into effect the sacred
laws of the land and stand by the constitution.

The firing of the pistols brought the whole population
into the streets, at the head of which, and close to Dixon's
heels, was the clergyman who was under Charles's professional
care at the moment of the arrest. By the time the
deputy marshal had finished his call upon the people to
stand by the constitution, the clergyman had recovered from
his astonishment and comprehended the scene before him,

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

and jumping upon an old horse-block near by, he said in a
loud voice:—

Men and brethren, Thou shalt not deliver unto his
master the servant which is escaped from his master
unto thee. The fugitive, he shall dwell with thee, even
among you, in that place which he shall choose in one
of thy gates, where it liketh him best; thou shalt not
oppress him.

This appeal to the crowd was unnecessary, for no one
had yet by word or deed offered to assist, or interfere
with, the “officers of justice;” and the victim was momentarily
out of sight; but he was soon discovered climbing
up the timbers of the old dam, which once formed part
of the ruined and neglected mill. The moment Dixon saw
him he raised his revolver, and sang out:

“Come back here and surrender yourself, you infernal
black d—l, or I'll make a honeycomb of your kinky
brains; come here, I say,”—and at the same time Dixon
fired one or two ineffectual shots.

“Gentlemen,” continued the clergyman, “in the name
of humanity,—in the name of our blessed Saviour,—have
mercy!”

“Stand out of the way, you miserable, canting, abolition
towhead!” fiercely denunciated Dixon, and with the
side of his pistol-barrel rudely thrusting the clergyman
away.

Charles meanwhile seemed to somewhat recover himself,
and half walked and half crawled along the old dam,
and got into the mill; and in a moment more, reached the

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

top, and passing out upon a long piece of naked timber,
seemed for the instant to be suspended in the air.

“Now fire away, you human tigers!” he cried, shaking
his manacled arm over his head; “I don't want to
live any longer, since this disgrace has been put upon me.
Fire away, I say!”

“Obey the laws of the United States, you treasonloving
renegade,” replied the deputy marshal, shaking his
documents frantically towards Charles.

“God have mercy on the makers of such laws!”
faintly murmured the fugitive, as his body swayed to and
fro, and he fell headlong down; apparently striking against
the projecting logs, and disappeared amid the singing,
surging waters, that foamed and gurgled in the abyss
below.

An exclamation of horror went up from the crowd,
mingled with the cries of “shame! shame!” when Dixon
turned coolly round to his assistants, and said:

“Dead niggers are not worth taking South, anyhow;”
and replacing his revolver in his belt, he turned to the
minister, now entirely petrified with horror, and reminded
him that there was a funeral on hand, that demanded his
attention.

Several men stripped themselves of their coats, and
plunged into the river, and swam toward the mill; a feeling
of bitter indignation began to show itself. Mr. Pendleton,
Charles's old friend, asked of Dixon his authority
for his acts, and then read with care the deputy's commission.

Threats now grew loud among the excited throng,

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

demanding that Dixon should be arrested; but he, with
his companions, unmolested, retreated slowly, keeping at
bay, and were soon out of sight, and for the moment forgotten
in the excitement to learn the fate of Charles.

“Well,” said Dixon to his companions, as he proceeded
down the road, “we have seen more white livers to-day
than would feed all the hounds in Texas. If four Northeners
had come into a Southern town with a federal commission,
or any other commission, and attempted to cut up
the devil as we did to-day at Stoneyville, what would have
been the effect?”

“Why,” said the deputy promptly, “they'd a got
ducked in the river, or rode out of town on a rail.”

“They'd a got worse than that,” said Dixon, with a
leer; “Southern people would never stand by and see
strangers serve a dog so! but these Yankees,—talk to 'em
about the law, and show 'em a bowie or a pistol, and they
wilt up like tobacco leaves touched with frost.”

The negro, though nearly dead when found, seemed
by a miracle to have escaped with life. His body lay
bleeding, mutilated, and insensible,—not in the water, as
was supposed, but among the matted logs. With difficulty
he was restored to consciousness, and then only to
rave about the manacle on his wrist, and express a desire
to die.

Never was there before within the memory of the oldest
inhabitant, so sad a day at Stoneyville. Citizens proverbially
of the mildest and most unexcitable dispositions,
seemed each hour to become more and more incensed, and
were ready at any future occasion to resist by violence, all

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

laws where their execution involved such outrages as had
been witnessed that day; and at nightfall, there went up
from the firesides of Stoneyville, a deep and bitter denunciation
of slavery.

In spite of every exertion of Mr. Pendleton, Dixon and
his men got to the railroad station, and escaped without
interruption; and one or two hours taking them beyond
the jurisdiction of Vermont, they wended their way rapidly,
and without fear, toward the protecting walls of the
Federal Capitol.

-- 114 --

p726-121 CHAPTER X. THE QUIET CLOSE OF DAY.

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

Mrs. Mildmay” performed her simple duties as mistress
of Heritage Place with due dignity. Provided with
the best possible servants, her time passed on with little
more real care than if she had been Miss Annie Hastings in
her New England home. Mildmay took advantage of the
pleasant mornings to engage with her in agreeable horseback
rides through the splendid adjoining forests, and the
evenings were passed in reading, or, as Annie herself observed,
“appreciating the luxury of being in the open air.”

The enervating character of the climate, however, had
its effect upon her constitution, and she suffered at times
that approach to indisposition which comes from extreme
lassitude, and want of varied mental excitement. Confined
sometimes to her room all day, at sunset she would
cause Clemmy to move an easy chair upon the broad gallery
of the house; and there she would sit and watch the
stars, which, in a clear southern sky, seem to come rushing
into existence, on the sudden disappearance of the sun
in the west.

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

Mildmay, who had himself a keen sense of the beautiful
in nature, as he was leaning one evening against the
heavy columns, watching the close of day, heard the light
footsteps, and turning round, he received Annie with a
smile; and then assisting Clemmy in arranging her easy
chair, and seeing that Annie was luxuriously buried in
the soft cushions, and properly provided by an array of
shawls as a reserved guard against the chilliness of approaching
night, he seated himself nearly in front of
her, and taking out his cigar-case, he ordered Prince to
get him “a light;” and having done all this, he said:

“A few moments more, Annie, and you would have
lost this brilliant sunset.”

Prince instantly returned, bringing a living coal upon
the prong of an ivory-handled fork; Graham blew off
the mouldering ashes, and lit his delicate Havana: then
assuming an easy attitude, he gave one puff, and said,
“Thus, Annie, the aborigines dedicated the fragrance of
the weed to their gods; I, more devout and more useful,
shall let these fleeting clouds serve to destroy the mosquitoes,
already singing round you.”

“You are not the first enthusiast that, in making an
offering, has given the fabled deities the least substantial
part of the sacrifice,” said Annie, rousing as if from a
reverie.

“Well,” exclaimed Graham, “if I were not so comfortable
just now, and so determined not even to think, I
might reply to your unorthodox remarks, regarding my
disinterestedness.”

“Then,” returned Annie, “perhaps you will explain

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

to me the secret charm of that rude seat, so much a favorite;
one would think it was made for very square, and
very straight-backed people, judging from its `form.'”

“There again,” said Graham; “what a pampered
girl; you eschew my compliments, and now question the
integrity of my throne: surely, being half buried in the
deep cushion folds of that old `arm-chair,' makes one an
egotist. But, my lady fair, yonder is a scene that can
have naught but admiration!” and he pointed to the west.

The sun was now in the very effulgence of its departing
glory, and reflected a warm orange tinge upon the face of
Annie; giving her eyes, already softened by debility, a
true sultana look. Behind her chair stood Clemmy,—her
dark and good-natured features glistening like bronze; at
Annie's feet, reposed Ponce de Leon; his eye, however,
was ever vigilant, and seemingly eager to pick a quarrel
with Clemmy for being so near his mistress. Mildmay
had put on his college skullcap, the heavy tassel fastened
to its top hanging nearly to his shoulder; his “blouse
was loose and flowing, while the smoke of his cigar curled
lazily about his head. Prince had quietly slipped back to
his place on the gallery, and went fast asleep.

“It is beautiful! very beautiful!” half whispered
Annie, as she beheld the vast clouds rolling about, changing
into a thousand hues, and leaving between the distant
forms glimpses of distance, which seemed the openings to
other worlds.

“And,” continued Annie, with some animation, “see
you not those vast ranges of almost zenith-reaching

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

mountains, glistening in pink and gold; how they are melting,
even while we gaze, into purple and blue?”

Mildmay looked at his wife with admiration, but made
no reply.

“And,” continued Annie, almost rising from her chair,
“see you not those grand peaks, and precipitous sides,
among which I fancy I can find the familiar forms of those
old giant sentinels, that look out upon Malden?”

“True,” half murmured Mildmay, buried in deep reflection;
“there's the old blue ridge itself.”

“What a pity, Mildmay,” suggested Annie, respectfully,
“that these rich lands of the South have not some
granite hills to break up their sameness; I have a fancy
that mountains cherish freedom of thought, as well as perfect
health; is it not thus?”

“So records history,” returned Mildmay, eyeing with
anxious expression the placid appearance of Annie's face.

A few more flashes, and struggling of the god of day,
and scarcely a tinge of his glory was left; the pleasant
evening breeze now sprang up, and laughed among the
hard crisp leaves of the magnolia trees.

And now might be seen moving quietly across the
yard some living thing, scarcely perceptible in the dusk;
on it comes, hesitatingly ascends the gallery stairs, and
stopping at their head, stands, hat in hand, in statue-like
silence.

Ponce de Leon is on his feet; he gives a slight growl
of alarm, and appears ready for a defence or attack.

“Who's that on the gallery?” inquired Mildmay,
without moving his head.

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

“It's Ben, if you please, master,” replied the negro in
a weak voice.

“And what is the matter with Ben?”

“Ize had de fever all day, and I feel sort o' weak in
de legs,” said the negro, without moving from his place.

“And what have you been doing all day, Ben?”

“Ize been log-rolling myself, but de gang was down in
de cornfield cutting out grass.”

“And how are they getting on, Ben?”

“Oh, bery well, master; 'em alers work when you
come to see 'em.”

“Well, Ben, go down and tell Judy, that I say she
must give you something to make you well.”

“Yes, master;” and “the boy” disappeared.

The climate of the South, and the influence of the
“ancient population” of Louisiana, have unitedly created
a demand, and a taste, for large and luxuriant sleeping
apartments. Prominent among the articles of furniture
are the armoire, and the couch du lit. The armoire, of
massive proportions, is always composed of the richest of
materials, and is very often inlaid with costly and different
tinted woods, the panels are composed of costly mirrors
that reach almost from the floor to the ceiling. In
these receptacles one finds in bright array, not only the
splendid ornaments of the bride, but in a provided place,
repose the jewelled casket, the perfumed notes, the thousand
cherished records of the inmost heart. The couch du lit,
is formed of four ponderous posts, surmounted by a heavy
canopy, from which depends the delicate but necessary
mosquito netting. Underneath, is a couch, large enough

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

for giants, yet of more luxuriance than that on which
Imogen reposed. The proud affection of Mildmay had surrounded
Annie with all the elegant associations of the
most favored of her sex, and many cherished mementoes of
her New England home, mingled with the costlier appurtenances,
and gave the charm of familiarity to all.

In one corner of the room, was a costly japan worktable,
a present to Annie in her childhood, from a bachelor
uncle, whose business it was to go down to the sea in ships.
The grotesque figures upon this memento, of horrible dragons,
swallowing beautiful young ladies with pigtails, and
flowers of every possible hue, with gold leaves and red
stalks, and birds flying through houses, and children running
to waste in the air, had greatly amused Annie in her
very youth, and in after years, had been the subject of
much philosophic speculation—but now, nothing could so
excite the tenderest emotions of her heart, as the sight
of those oriental absurdities—made familiar and sanctified
by so many pleasing associations.

If Annie was ever overpowered by the heat and languor
of the day, or felt the influence of those moments of despondency
that will at times come over the happiest of human
hearts; it was only while leaning upon this table, that
the consoling influence of tears came to her relief; and
alike soothed and strengthened, would she leave this domestic
shrine.

Clemmy, concluding her supper and her gossiping in
the kitchen, returned to the gallery where she busied herself
in setting back the chairs, closing the window blinds,

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

and other almost nameless but necessary duties, when, according
to her wont, she went into her mistress's room.

Now Clemmy had, on the afternoon of this particular
day, rendered herself exceedingly useful in the flower garden,
which labor had caused her to neglect her household
duties, and she now, after lighting a wax candle, and
placing it under a tall glass shade, discovered the omission
of drawing the mosquito netting.

Proceeding leisurely to remedy this neglect, with the
instinctive feeling of reverence for things tasteful, so peculiar
to negroes, she with more than usual care removed
the ruffled pillows, and then carefully folded back the fine
linen of snowy whiteness over the rose-tinted counterpane;
then replacing the pillows at the head of the bed,
she seized the silken tassel pendent from the foot of the
tester, and gave the bar a jerk, that instantly expanded it
like a delicate cloud over the couch beneath—and tucking
in the edges of the bar, she next arranged the different
vases, baskets, and nicknacks, according to her ideas.
Then with evident pettishness she removed Annie's Bible to
the mantelpiece, and replaced it by a magnificently bound
volume, which was lying open upon the lounge—she then
stepped into the centre of the room and gave an admiring
glance; every thing in the room met with her perfect approbation;
but the disposition of the gayly bound volume
on the japan table was her master conception.

The night air growing too cool, and the nine o'clock
bell at the quarters having an hour before rung; Annie
rose from her seat in the gallery, moved toward the door
leading into the house, while Mildmay pleading some busi

-- --

THE QUIET CLOSE OF DAY. [figure description] 726EAF. Illustration page. A woman in a gown sits at a table in her bedroom and looks over a book. There are another book and a lamp on the table. Behind the woman is a four-poster bed with bedcurtains drawn. In the left foreground is a chair with a blanket thrown over one arm. [end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

ness matter with Toadvine, left Annie to pursue her inclinations
by herself.

Clemmy was within hearing, but evidently from a perfect
understanding, she continued staring into vacancy, as
if no one was near, leaving Annie to proceed uninterrupted
to her room. The young mistress wore a quiet and satisfied
expression, there was a slight tinge of pleasure warming
up her cheek, it was evident that the evening had been
agreeably spent. On entering as if performing a customary
task, she carefully returned her Bible to its appointed place,
leaving the favorite binding of Clemmy to ignobly repose
its splendor upon the brass nails of one of Mildmay's much
worn travelling trunks. Annie then sat down beside her
little table, and for some moments leaned her head upon
her hand; then, with her costly handkerchief she listlessly
brushed away some suppositious dust from the faces of
numerous little Japanese monsters, and taking up the sacred
volume, she turned to a specific place, buried her fore-finger
among the parted leaves, and seemed for a while to be
musing over the events of the day; then opening the volume
she read, in a low and musical voice, the twenty-fourth
chapter of St. Luke, and throwing herself upon her knees,
poured forth her soul in spontaneous prayer to Heaven,
calling down blessings upon her friends at a distance,
near by, her husband and herself.

Annie had scarcely risen from her kneeling position,
before Clemmy slipped noiselessly into the room, and with
some officiousness prepared to assist her mistress in her
toilet for the night. Annie would willingly have dispensed
with this, but the natural kindness of her own heart would

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

not allow her to repel Clemmy's affectionate zeal; she therefore
kindly received from her hands the snowy robe de
nuit,
and carefully adjusting it, and placing her comb on
the table, thereby leaving her luxuriant hair to fall over
her shoulders, she with forced resignation abandoned herself
to the hands of her faithful domestic.

Clemmy was now happy; it was the honor of arranging
those magnificent curls, that was the pride of her existence,
and made her the envy of all her fellow servants.
Annie herself could not help being amused, as she discovered
the sable face of admiration and triumph reflected
over her shoulder in the glass.

Clemmy skilfully swept away the masses of curls from
Annie's brow, which transformed her loveliness into a simplicity
that would have been commended by the most rigid
puritan of her race. The labor ended, she roused herself,
and stepped toward the bed.

Clemmy, meantime, had seized her gigantic fly brush,
in which glistened and waved the rich plumage of a host of
Juno's birds, and swinging it in the air, made a soft zephyrous
noise, and at the same time, in the most artistic manner
she prepared to lift the edge of the mosquito bar, gave
the signal, and Annie sprang through the opening with a
bound.

The busy hum of myriads of insects, thus, by almost
necromancy, cheated of their prey, but made the protection
of the netting more deliciously secure, and Annie was
soon wandering in that mysterious world, where things
past and present, and already realized hopes, mingle in
incongruous yet most harmonious combination.

-- 123 --

p726-132 CHAPTER XI. AN ORDER DISOBEYED.

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

As with all wealthy planters, the most perplexing care
to Mildmay, was the management of the overseer. To this
individual, the proprietor has to delegate immense authority,
and yet the very qualities essential for an overseer, almost
necessarily suppose, that he will not, and cannot be a refined
and responsible man. Mildmay had his share of difficulties
after Fenwick left him, but he at length employed
a “Mr. Toadvine,” who could command readily in the
neighborhood a liberal salary, and was well recommended.
Mildmay, upon concluding his agreement with Toadvine,
gave him some general instructions, proscribing on his
place the use of a certain kind of whip, and incidentally
mentioning, that if Jack, one of the “field hands,” should
at any time need correction, he desired that it would not
be administered without his, Mildmay's, knowledge.

Some months after Toadvine was installed in his office,
the unexpected announcement, by Mr. Mildmay, that business
would call him away from home for two or three days,
caused a feeling of universal gratulation in the mind of the

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

overseer, and the very morning on which he saw from his
station in the field, that Mildmay had departed on his journey,
he returned to his house at the head of “the quarters,”
and taking down the “proscribed lash,” he carefully and
artistically proceeded to soften its material, and by repeated
twistings, wringings, and drawing it through his tightly
grasped hand, he brought it at last to a satisfactory state
of toughness and pliability. Then rising up and going out
of doors he whirled it around his head, and taking deliberate
aim at a cypress splinter, nearly the size of his little
finger, that obtruded from the boards of the fence, he cut
it off with the end of the lash, as smoothly as if it had been
done with the edge of his bowie-knife; he then playfully
singled out fair surfaces on the side of his cabin, and impressed
upon them at each blow, various hieroglyphic characters
with his whip, and although no particular effort was
made, he buried the snapper deeply into the somewhat
time-softened wood.

“I reckon that'll do,” at last muttered the aggrieved
man, “that'll do,—I'll teach Mr. Mildmay that niggers is
niggers, and that he can't come back here from the free
States with his damn'd infernal abolition notions, and interfere
in my business. If any of his hands 'aint got thar
share of whipping 'fore night it'll be no fault of mine.”

Just at that moment, the front gate of the quarter inclosure
opened, and in rode “Col. Price,” the overseer of
the “Moreton estate.” Toadvine saluted his friend, asked
him to dismount, and they both entered the house.

“I came over,” said Price, “to ask you to let me have
the timber wheels; I think of going into the swamp this

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

evening for saw-logs, and Mr. Mildmay told me 'fore he
left that I could get 'em if not in use.”

“It's a wonder,” snarled out Toadvine, “that Mr. Mildmay
did any thing of the kind. He's been in Connecticut
so infarnally long, that I didn't believe he would do a favor.”

“Why, what's turned your hair the wrong way this
morning?” inquired Col. Price, with considerable interest.

“Why, jist this,” said Toadvine,” “you see I've been
overseer here too long to be interfered with by any man,
and I won't stand it. Mister Mildmay can't teach me my
business, and he shan't tell me I whip too much or too little.
It's only yesterday he made me let Monday up, and I
had'nt cut his hide in nary place!”

“There is one thing that'll never do,” said Col. Price;
“one thing 'll never do, and that is, to let employers interfar
too much in our business. My notion is, `let me be
head or tail, or nothink.'”

“Them's the way I think,” half soliloquized Toadvine,
drawing his huge whiplash through his fingers; “them's
the way I think, and unless we do something to let these
upstarts know who's who, 'taint unlikely we may get down
to be thought as little of as a schoolmaster or a preacher.”

“Not as bad as that!” said Col. Price, in a tone of
voice that showed that he never thought that such a respectable
office as overseer could possibly be degraded by
connection with such professions; “no, no, not so bad as
that,” and rousing himself up, he drove his fist into the
table, and looking around in a great excitement, he said,

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

“he would like to see a living man that would dare to mistake
him for a schoolmaster or a preacher.”

Toadvine, who had cruelty enough in his composition
to make two Col. Prices, lacked that military gentleman's
courage in the expression of his sentiments; so he deeply
regretted that he had made even the improbable comparison
that had given his friend offence, and getting up from
his seat he went to a rude sideboard, and unlocking it, he
took out a decanter of raw whiskey, and setting a broken
tumbler and a teacup upon the table, he suggested to Col.
Price the propriety of taking something to help out his
breakfast.”

“That's very good liquor,” said Price, smacking his
lips, “whar did you come across it?”

“Well, don't you know it, easy,” suggested Toadvine,
putting the decanter up to Price's nose, “don't you know
the smell?”

“Upon my word,” said Price, drawing in his breath,
as if inhaling the perfume of a moss rose, “upon my word,
old Gen. Blatherskite's `electioneering tour,' as the central
committee called it; how did you have so much? thought
it all went at the `Clay gut precinct.'”

“Why, you see,” said Toadvine, “I sent word to the
General, that if he expected to get the vote of this neighborhood,
he had better send up a bar'l of something to drink,
and he sent word he'd do it; he said that the `South was
in danger,' and he'd do any thing but bribe, to get to Congress.
I sent after the bar'l the very morning of the day
it was wanted, by lazy Jim, and would you believe it, the

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

whiskey didn't get here till night,” and Toadvine assumed
a look of innocence and regret.

“And so,” said Price, helping himself to another glass,
“you had the whole left on your hands?”

“Nuthen else,” chuckled Toadvine, and, as if unable
to restrain himself longer, and either from the effect of the
liquor, or the remembrance of the trick he played upon a
candidate for Congress, he kicked his heels in the air and
laughed until the tears came in his eyes.

“But didn't the General smell a rat?” inquired Price,
in a deprecating voice, “didn't he find out how you fixed
it?”

“Not a bit of it,” said Toadvine, “for I saw the General
coming down the road the next day, so I staked down
lazy Jim by the side of the fence, and commenced on him
just as the General rode up. The nigger hollered “Oh,
lord, Massa Toadvine, have mercy!' `Yes,' said I, not
noticing the General, `I'll have mercy, you infernal scoundrel,
for delaying on the road yesterday with that whiskey.
I'll teach you to fool away your time, when you are on Gen.
Blatherskite's business.”

“`On whose business?' said the General, reining up
his horse, and looking astonished; `are you flogging that
nigger on my account, Mr. Toadvine?'”

“`Yes, General,' said I, looking very angry, `this
nigger was sent for the whiskey, to treat your friends at
“Clay gut,” and he managed to get back after the voting
was over.'”

“`Well, never mind!' said the General, `just keep it
to drink my health with!' and he rode away; but whar was

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

the difference?” said Toadvine, speculatively; “you know,
the General got the licker on tick, and he'd challenge any
man that sent him a bill.”

At this point in the conversation, a tall, likely-looking
negro was seen approaching the house, from the field; he
carried his hoe jauntily across his shoulder. In coming
into the surrounding inclosure, he was obliged to pass
through a gate, always placed near the overseer's dwelling.

“Whar you going?” said Toadvine; and springing
into the yard, and whirling his whip over his head, he
brought it down on the negro's back, simultaneous with his
question, “whar you going, you black devil? did I not
tell you to stay in the field?”

“Master James,” said the negro, with humility, mixed
with astonishment, while still writhing under the pain of
the blow; “I cum'd home because Mistress wanted I to
clar up de yard, you knows I wouldn't leave de gang,
'cept on permission.”

“I knows nothing of the kind,” sneered Toadvine, in
the negro's face; “I know nothing, except that you are a
sneaking, skulking scoundrel; but I'll catch you, my man,—
I'll catch you! and by the —, if I get a chance at
your hide, I'll peel you cleaner than you ever did a possum!
now go and clear up the yard;” and Toadvine struck
at the boy again; but with surprising agility Jack avoided
the blow, and disappeared.

“There's insurrection for you,” snarled out Toadvine,
in a perfect fit of rage, at the same time storming up and
down the yard; “there's a nigger that his master says I

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

mustn't whip, and he takes advantage of it, to defy me to
my face.”

Price looked on coolly, apparently uninterested; at
any rate he expressed no surprise, but let Toadvine exhaust
himself, in giving wordy expressions to his feelings;
and then, from a wild flower growing near by, with a well
aimed mouthful of tobacco juice, he knocked a bumble-bee
on the ground, and spoke as follows:—

“Toadvine, circumvent that nigger; just teach him
you are a warmer friend to him than his master. Don't
strike him, as you did just now, in anger, and without a
cause,—have a reason, and then work at his hide, like a
saw-mill.”

“But I can't get a reason,” said Toadvine, groaning
under his impotency; “he won't give me half a chance.”

“Well, make a chance,” whined out the sapient Colonel.
“You know 'fore I come to Moreton's, I overseed for
old Captain Berks; well, you see Berks hadn't any but
old family niggers, as he called 'em,—and one, that nussed
him when he was a boy, he was particularly nice of—that
was a nigger, sure; why hog and hominy was too good for
him. `Now,' said old Berks to me, said he, “Colonel
Price, that boy I have know'd ever since I was a child; he
carried me 'bout 'fore I could walk, and saved me from
drowning at ten years old. That nigger,' continued
Berks, `cut the fust stick on this yere plantation, and he
mustn't be whipped, on no account.'

“Old Berks hadn't been to Connecticut to school,
when he gave that order,” continued Price, winking knowingly
at Toadvine; “'twarn't done for fear, neither, for

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

old Berks wasn't to be sceared; but it was jest done because
old Jeff could fool his master, and I know'd it; so
things went on very well, until I couldn't sleep contented,
until I took a little concait out of Jeff; but for a reason.

“One night we was weighing cotton, and up walked Big
Bill, a thick-lipped scoundrel as there was on the place;
he put his basket on the scales, and, by the hokey, it went
over three hundred. `Well done!' said old Berks, in
ecstasy, `well done, Big Bill; and now,' said the old
man, sort of funny like, `as you have picked fifty pounds
more than usual, you can call at the store room, and get a
pair of shoes.' Big Bill laughed—old Berks laughed—
and I stuck my hand into the cotton basket, and pulled
out two water-melons, weighing 'bout thirty-nine pounds.

“At this,” continued Price, rubbing his hands in glee,
and giving the poor bumble-bee another shower of tobacco
juice, “at this, old Berks, who was a `little tight,' got
into a passion; he swore such ungenerous and outrageous
conduct, on the part of his niggers, would break his heart,
and if I didn't give Big Bill `forty,' he would dismiss
me from the place, and administer the medicine himself.

“So said I, pretending to be hurt with his severity,
said I, `Captain Berks, them's family niggers.' `I don't
care,' shouted the old man (the brandy, I think, getting the
upper hand of him); `I don't care, family or no family; a
fellow that would swindle on one side, and rob my melon
patch on the other, shall be flogged. I'd tie up Jeff thar,
much as I think of him,' said Berks, `if he'd do such a
thing.' `You would,' said I, pretending to be astonished.
`Yes, I would,' said old Berks, towering; `if you ever

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

catch Jeff trying to palm off a water-melon for seed-cotton,
give him forty.'”

As Price concluded this interesting story, he deliberately
walked past Toadvine, who was standing, a perfect
monument of mystified surprise, and, mounting his horse,
appeared as if he was thus unceremoniously going to ride
away.

“And what about Jeff?” finally asked the perplexed
and rather dull overseer.

“Oh nothing,” replied Price, carelessly, “only the
next night, thar was a water melon in Jeff's basket, and
every nigger on the place see'd it, and he was given `forty,'
and I think it tuck him six weeks to get out of the hospital.”

Toadvine, as he watched the retreating form of his
friend, Colonel Price, seemed suddenly inspired with unusual
spirits; he cracked his whip in scientific flourishes,
and going into his cabin, he stuck a loaded pistol in his
belt, took a drink of whiskey, locked up the decanter,
and remarking, “that Colonel Price is smart, and that
water-melon trick was beautiful,” he mounted his shaggy
pony, and was soon lost in the distance, as he rode towards
the slave gang, at work in the field.

As Col. Price reached the main road on his way home,
he came up with a small, sandy-faced, light-haired man,
mounted on a “creole pony,” and followed by five or six
fierce-looking hounds; a double-barrelled gun was balanced
before him, and he carried in his hand a raw-hide whip.

“How do you do, Stubbs?” said the colonel, riding

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

up, and shaking hands with the man, “whar you going to-day?”

“Just nosing about,” said Stubbs, whipping off one
or two dogs, that would occasionally show their teeth at
Col. Price's nether limbs.

“Who's got any niggers out, now?” continued the
Colonel, for he took a great interest in Stubbs's occupation.

“Enough out,” replied Stubbs, “but no 'rangement
made for catching 'em. I'm done,” he continued, “a fetching
runaways home, just for jail fees; 'twont keep up my
pack, and pay expenses.”

“That's right, Stubbs!” said the Colonel, looking approvingly
on his friend; “that's right! if these rich
planters won't `antee up,' dont help 'em, that's my notion;
but who's that ahead?” asked Price, as he discovered a
young person on horseback, waiting in the road.

“That's young Finch,” said Stubbs, without showing
any surprise; “that boy,” he continued, “does take more
interest in a nigger hunt than my dogs do, and he's just
waiting thar, until I come up, in hopes that he can see a
`brush.'”

Price and Stubbs shook hands with Finch, a youth
perhaps of fourteen, who was armed not only with a gun,
but had a bowie knife sticking ostentatiously out of his
breast. A little general conversation ensued, when Stubbs
and Finch, opening a plantation gate, bade Col. Price
“good day,” and commenced trotting through the “cotton
rows” towards the dark cypress swamps, that loomed up,
like mountains in the distance.

“And what do you think, Stubbs, will be our chance

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

of starting up something this evening?” asked young
Finch, at the same time impatiently urging on his horse.

“Bad, very bad,” said Stubbs; “none is out in this
range now, but Busteed's old Phil; the fact is,” said
Stubbs, reining up his horse, “my dogs has got such a
scear on the niggers now, that they won't run away,—the
overseer has only to say, `Now boys, if I cotch any of you
leavin' you'll have Stubbs' dogs after you,' and that ends
the thing. I ought to get a big price for doing that,” suggested
Stubbs, conscious that he was the victim of unrewarded
merit.

“And how did you know, Stubbs, that old Phil was in
the brake?” inquired the young man.

“'Cause I saw him yesterday, while `still hunting;'
come right on him, turned up on his back, sound asleep.”

“And why didn't you make him go home?” asked the
lad, with some asperity.

Now Stubbs had been led into an unfortunate remark,
which he perceived the instant he had spoken, for he affected
only to use his dogs when all other means of capture
had failed; and he was afraid that Finch would get an
idea that such was not the case; so he assumed a familiar
air, and explained himself as follows:—

“You see, Charley, I was a `still-hunting,' as I said,
and looking for deer, and in wading Turtle Creek, for I was
a-foot, you mind, I got my powder wet, and what could I
do with such a fellow as Phil, if he had a mind to resist?
No, no, Charley, I'm more careful than to track runaways,
'cept I `am prepared,' so I tuck the best course I could,
marked his den, and when he hears the `barkers' after

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

him, he'll run straight home, sound as a nut, and no harm
done to any body.”

“That was very considerate,” said young master Finch,
evidently much flattered by Stubbs' manner; “it was very
considerate indeed, and I think Busteed should be very
much obliged to you.”

“To be sure he should!” echoed Stubbs, “and all
the planters should; why, sir, but for me, the swamps
would be as full of niggers as they is of wild hogs. I get
badly paid for my sarvices, Mr. Finch, considerin' I have
to feed my own dogs, and take the risks I run.”

“And what risks do you run?” inquired young Finch,
carelessly patting his spirited little horse on the neck, and
giving his gun a juster balance, as it rested before him on
the pommel of the saddle.

“Why, a heap of risks,” said Stubbs, with the air of
an injured man; “do you suppose that the niggers can be
tuck, and nothing to do but say, `If you please, Mr. Darkee,
your master wants you hum?' Oh, no! I've known
shooting and slashing going on afore now, that would hurt
any man's feelins.”

“And where was that?” inquired young Finch, with
greedy interest.

“Why you see,” said Stubbs, “that two or three
years agone, old Duckeye, that's a preacher now, and Bill
Blass as was, afore he died, both kept dogs,—well, once
they were out huntin', and it seems their packs closed in
on the same nigger,—I'm told that their cry was beautiful,
when, as they say at camp-meetin', they met, and jined
their voices in harmonious song; but Blass's hounds had

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

the heels; they was of the old `Ryder stock,' and they
just run over Duckeye's dogs, and left them in the rear.
I think the nigger they was arter belonged to old Gray;
he could scratch gravel, that nigger, and double, and turn,
like any fox,—the chase was beautiful. Now, as might be
supposed, Blass's pack drew the fust blood, and had the
nigger down, when Duckeye's dogs come up.

“The row was tremendous, and they would have sent
the nigger to kingdom cum, if the dogs, being strangers,
had not got to fighting among themselves. There was a
hullaboloo, sure enough; I was on the spot the next day,
and the palmetto was smoothed down for a half acre, whar
the fight was. While the dogs was going it among themselves,
and the darkee was crying and yelling, old Duckeye
and Blass got to quarrelling about who caught the nigger;
Blass contendin', as was right, that as his dogs gin the
first grab, the nigger was his. Duckeye stuck out that his
dogs was fust to find the trail, so the nigger was his,—and
so they got to swearing and scrimmaging, and tucking into
each other their bowies, and yelling and cursing, the
the dogs fell on 'em both, and such a row ensued as never
was afore.

“In this beautiful difficulty, the nigger got clean off,
and Blass got stobbed in the side, and died that 'ere
very night; and so you see, Mr. Finch, that the infernal
runaways is dangerous. I often think of Blass!” said
Stubbs, mournfully, “for you see,” wiping his eyes with his
coat sleeve, “that that 'ere dog thar, with the blood-shot
eyes, was own nephy to Blass's Cuba, raised and imported
Santy Christy, as Blass called him.”

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

“Well, that was surprising,” said young Finch, looking
with admiration at the dog, that had such a distinguished
uncle; and at the same time somewhat confounded
by the conglomeration of Stubbs' story; “but how was
it,” he inquired, “that Duckeye got off from the —”
and Finch hesitated to give a name to the deed pictured
in his mind.

“— the stobbing,” said Stubbs. Finch nodded yes
to the suggestion, and Stubbs went on— “you see the
grand jury had Duckeye up, two or three times, but whar
was the witnesses; it was agin the law to use the dogs and
the niggers to swar agin a white man in court, so the matter
drapped.”

At this moment the two horsemen and their canine
followers entered the thick woods, and in course of the
fleeting hour, Busteed's old Phil was roused from his lair,
and there were to be heard the sharp ringing notes of the
open-mouthed pack, as they engaged in “the spirit stirring
hunt.”

-- 137 --

p726-146 CHAPTER XII. THE PROMISED VISIT.

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

Mildmay and Annie set out for Mr. Moreton's, soon after
breakfast; the day was so fine, that it was agreed that the
journey should be made on horseback, and that on the way,
Annie should ride through the plantation, and gratify her
wishes at the sight of her husband's luxuriant fields.

At the time of starting, the little negroes, who had
come in from “the quarters,” arranged themselves in a
row along the avenue of the lawn, and as Annie passed,
they bowed their comical-looking heads, and said, “Goo'
by, Mistress!” “Goo' by, Master!” and then, as if overcome
with their familiarity, they gave a universal laugh,
and went trooping off behind the house, Ponce de Leon,
with a half malicious, and half mischievous spirit, knocking
a majority of them over on the green sward, by joining
in the scramble.

Meanwhile Governor had opened the gate, and Mildmay
and Annie passed through, and pursued their way
down the road, the servant following at a respectful

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

distance in the rear. Scarcely had this been accomplished,
before Ponce de Leon, having finished his gambols with
the negro children, discovered the cavalcade moving away
without him. With a rush that would have done honor to
a race-horse, he sped across the lawn, and fairly flew over
the palings, and in another moment, was barking and coquetting
around Annie's horse.

“I will be more careful hereafter, Ponce,” said Annie,
laughing, and glancing at her favorite, “how I let you
into my secrets; for, do you know,” she said, looking at
Mildmay, “that I believe some dogs have the quality of
intelligence.”

“There cannot be a doubt of it,” he returned, interested
with the suggestion, “and there is nothing to disprove
that they may not even have a future, though still humble
existence.”

“You have improved, Graham, amazingly, upon my
speculation,” said Annie gayly.

“Perhaps so, but you will admit that there is something
truly poetical in the wild dream of the American
aborigine, where he spiritualizes his future existence; no
heathen mythology has given us a purer and more attractive
picture than the Indian and his dog, side by side, in
the happy hunting-grounds.”

“True, very true,” returned Annie, “and more's the pity,
that so noble a race could not be preserved by civilization.”

“Pity indeed, but it is impossible to preserve the Indian.
In the wild woods, and away from artificial influences,
he flourishes like these mighty forest trees, through

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

which we wind our way; but like these trees, if transplanted
or disturbed by cultivation, must wither away.”

“It's a sad picture,” said Annie, thoughtfully; “but,”
she added, “I like their consistency after all, for with the
Indian it is indeed `liberty or death.'”

“Hurrah,” said Mildmay, with playful exultation, “hurrah
for Annie Hastings! who, though so little, is so very
brave; she will yet be the mother of heroes.”

“I will beat you in a fair race to the field gate,” said
Annie, blushing, and pushing her heretofore lingering palfrey
into a gallop, away she sped, Mildmay gallantly following
just in the rear, with Ponce de Leon, crazy with
excitement, far in the van.

As the equestrians came up to the inclosure, Jack, who
had seen them approaching, was at the gate to open it, and
as the party passed in, he gave them a salute of genuine
feeling, which Annie said “was delightful to behold.”

“You can shut up de gate yousef,” said Jack, as Governor,
with an air intended to be much more impressive than
his master's, was about riding on, unheeding his sable
fellow-servant.

“Oh sartin,” said Governor, wheeling round his pony,
and giving the gate a swing that sent it to with a crash;
and then turning to Jack a look of assumed contempt, he
remarked:—

“Some indiwiduals don't suppose that field darkies can
learn to open and shut a gate at de same time,—it would
be too much for dis world,” and Governor was so delighted
with his own wit, that he nearly fell off of his horse from
laughing.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

“Mabee not,” said Jack, seizing his hoe and working
away furiously in the soft ground; “mabee not,” he repeated,
his face brightening into a broad grin, and then without
any conceivable reason, except an exuberance of animal
spirits, he broke into a guffaw, not only louder than Governor's
explosion, but so terrific, that it set the crows flying at
the time high over head, cawing with alarm.

At this moment a little negress passed by with a pail
of water on her head, which she was carrying to the gang
in the field. Mildmay filled the gourd that was floating on
the top, and offered it to Annie, which she playfully refused.

“I see, Annie,” said Mildmay, most liberally helping
himself, “that you cannot get accustomed to a gourd,—
but, according to my ideas, it is the only goblet that truly
accords in simplicity with the gently gurgling spring.”

The sun, as it rose higher in the heavens, began to
pour down with intensity, and Mildmay, perceiving that
Annie was suffering from the heat, suggested more rapid
progress, and the two struck into a “lope,” which was continued
for a long distance without interruption.

Upon reaching their destination, it was a grateful relief
to receive the protecting shade of the heavy walls and
overhanging verandahs of the mansion.

Mrs. Moreton met Annie with unusual pleasure marked
upon her face, and Aunt Margaret was so delighted,
that she not only shook both her hands affectionately, but
kissed her on her cheek.

The children, with their nurses, presented themselves
one after another, and it seemed to Annie, in the confusion,

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

that a child and a negro were so strangely identified, that
it was difficult to imagine them apart.

“Let us have some water here,” said Mr. Moreton,
looking about generally, after himself and Mildmay had
seated themselves, and the ladies had retired to a distant
part of the house.

Now Mildmay was exceedingly thirsty, and so appeared
Mr. Moreton; but although there were great numbers
of negroes moving about the premises, presenting
themselves and then disappearing like puppets in a show,
still no water came. Finally Mr. Moreton lost all patience,
and with a loud voice cried out:

“John—David—Mary—Jefferson—Wash, why don't
somebody bring some water here?”

Still the negroes moved about, as if unconscious of
hearing any order, and Mr. Moreton jumped up, and was
about getting into a passion, when Aunt Margaret met him
at the door, and in a mild voice said:

“Brother, did I hear you call?”

“Certainly you did,” said Mr. Moreton, sitting back
in his chair nearly exhausted.

Aunt Margaret singled out one of the many idlers in
view, and gave the required directions, and almost instantly
she was obeyed.

“I forgot to ask you, Mr. Mildmay,” said Moreton, taking
up his glass, “I forgot to ask if you would have any
thing with your water. I have myself so long given up the
habit of indulging in any thing `strong,' with the temperate
exceptions of occasionally at dinner, that I fear I have appeared
regardless of the rites of hospitality.”

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

“Not at all,” said Mildmay promptly, “I have, I am
sorry to say, formed a liking for a good cigar, which desire
I gratify, but beyond that, I am careful not to tax my
strength by unnecessary stimulants.”

“Bring some cigars here,” cried Mr. Moreton from
habit, and then catching the eye of the servant holding the
salver and pitcher, he said:

“Viney, bring those cigars here, from off the parlor
mantel-piece.”

The girl obeyed, and presented Mildmay with the box,
but he declined smoking for the time being, and the two
gentlemen again seating themselves, seemed disposed to
enter upon conversation, as persons who had a great deal
to say, and more than sufficient time to say it in.

Annie was shown to a room splendid in size, in the centre
of which was an enormous French bedstead, and on the
side the familiar armoire. A tidy-looking, petted servant
stood at her elbow, ready to do her slightest bidding.
Laying aside a coquettish sun-bonnet, which she preferred
to use in the middle of the day, when out on horseback,
to the more showy riding cap that Mildmay had
provided her with, she sat down in a comfortable chair, and
submitted to the ordeal of examination from the distended
eyes of her sable attendant.

“What's your name?” said Annie to the girl, to relieve
herself from the embarrassment of being an object of
so much undisguised interest.

“My name is Violet, Missus.”

“Violet?” repeated Annie; “you were named after a

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

very pretty flower,” she continued, absolutely confused for
something to say.

“Not after a flower, Missus,” said Violet, quite flattered
by the notice she received; “I was done named after
Master's old nurse.”

At this moment the door of the room opened and Aunt
Margaret presented herself, and with a winning smile she
desired Annie to go with her to Mrs. Moreton's room.

Mrs. Moreton, at the moment of Annie's entrance, was
giving directions to a negress how to sew up a seam in a
coarse capote or blanket coat, and near by on the floor, sat
two more negresses busy at the same work.

After the cordial salutations of meeting, “You see, Mrs.
Mildmay,” said Mrs. Moreton, “one of the tasks imposed
upon the mistress of a plantation. You would scarcely believe,”
she continued, “that I have cut out and superintended
the making of thirty of these heavy garments this
season.”

“Thirty!” said Annie, with undisguised amazement:
“and can you, Mrs. Moreton, with your delicate hands, do
so much?”

“It would seem so,” said that lady, looking up and
smiling; “I wish this work was the least unpleasant of my
many duties.”

“Well,” said Annie, “as I am ambitious to be a good
wife, I must learn to make them myself,” and she took one
of the heavy coats in her hands.

“Not to-day,” said Aunt Margaret, taking the garment
gently away, “not to-day, but some other time.”

“I will show you presently,” said the lady, still

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

occupied by her duties, “Mr. Moreton's preparations for
weaving and spinning; he finds such labor very useful and
profitable for the women on a large plantation who are too
delicate to be out in rainy days.”

“And do you really spin and weave?” said Annie, with
interest.

“Certainly,” said Mrs. Moreton, and she added, “Clotilde,
show Mrs. Mildmay your dress.” (The girl held out
the side of her garment for Annie's inspection.) “We,”
she continued, “clothe all our hands in homespun; it is
much better cloth than that which we buy.”

“And is this the universal custom?” said Annie,
becoming very much interested.

“Most generally,” said Mrs. Moreton, “in old settled
communities.”

At this moment there burst through the curtains that
hung over the door a little girl, crying out, “Where's
Aunt Margy?” and spinning round the room like a top,
and running against tables and chairs, she came to a stand
still, directly opposite where Annie was sitting.

“Why, Toots,” said Aunt Margaret to the child,
“where have you been this last half hour?”

“Down to the cotton-gin,—see all the corn-mill, and
mules, and the wheels go round and round, and never stop
'till a minute,” replied Toots, with a rapidity of speech
truly astonishing.

“Do take that little minx out of the room, Minnie,”
said Mrs. Moreton, looking at one of the negro girls near
her; “for that child always sets me crazy with her noise.”

“Toots won't set any body crazy with her noise,—she

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

will be a good girl, and be 'till,—not do nossin at all;”
and having delivered herself of this speech, Toots commenced
dancing up and down, singing with a loud voice,
each time her little feet struck on the floor.

It was very plain that Aunt Margaret was delighted,
and as Toots for a moment was still, she said,

“Go and shake hands with Mrs. Mildmay, Toots.”

The little perpetual-motion eyed Annie for a moment
with amusing interest, and then with the quickness of
thought rushed forward, jumped into Annie's lap, threw
her arms round her neck, and said,

“How you get such curls all down your face?—how you
come to our house?—how much you love Toots?” and
the little thing clapped her hands and laughed, and crowed
in a perfect ecstasy of delight.

“Why,” said Annie, overcome with astonishment and
gratified surprise, “does this child go on this way all
the time?”

“Yes, all the time,” said Mrs. Moreton, dwelling on
the all; “and I believe she is never still, even when
asleep.”

“Toots very 'till,” said the child with much solemnity;
and she then broke out a loud chirrup, as follows.



“If I had a vife, and she had a baby,
Vife's name Kitty, child's name Gavy.”

“Davy,” said Aunt Margaret, her eyes sparkling with
delight.

“Gavy,” said Toots, with gravity.

“Davy,—goose,” repeated Aunt Margaret.

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

“Vife's name Kitty, and child's name Davy Goose,”
said Toots, breaking into a loud laugh, and throwing her
head back on Annie's shoulder.

“Minnie, take Toots out in the yard, I say,” said Mrs.
Moreton, putting her hand to her forehead, as if suffering
from a severe pain in the head.

“No, Minnie shan't take Toots,” said the child, springing
from Annie's lap, and running to Aunt Margaret;
“Toots set dog on Minnie, and Pa'll give Minnie `forty,'—
and then Toots broke out into an unintelligible song,
mingled with imitations of all the noises heard in the
poultry-yard; and finding that her mother was really getting
serious, she suddenly calmed down, and walking up to
one of the negro girls that was at work on the capotes, she
said,

“Toots want needlers, — Toots show;” and having
been accommodated with a needle and thread, she went
through the pantomime of biting off the end of the thread,
making a knot, and looking seriously at every one about
her; but finding it impossible to remain quiet, she commenced
dancing up and down, and just as her mother was
within an inch of seizing her dress, she glided away, and
was heard paddling down stairs, laughing, hallooing, at
the, as she supposed, really ineffectual attempts of one of
the servants to arrest her progress.

Annie was so amused at Toots, that, in spite of herself,
she was obliged to give way to hearty laughter.

“Oh,” said Mrs. Moreton, laying down her work, and
looking at Annie with a most injured expression, “if you

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

could really imagine how difficult it is to exist with that
child in the house, you would pity me.”

“Why,” said Annie, wiping tears from her eyes,
“Mrs. Moreton, you are indeed to be pitied, for I think
Toots would even kill me.”

“I'll go and see that that dear child has something to
eat,” said Aunt Margaret, leaving the room; and upon going
down stairs, she found Toots running across the lawn,
with a piece of poundcake in one hand, and a stick in the
other, chasing a large number of awkward goslings head-over-heels
before her.

-- 148 --

p726-157 CHAPTER XIII. EVERY-DAY INCIDENTS.

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

Although Moreton and Mildmay had frequently met at
Beechland, and on the highway, they really were but little
acquainted with each other. Mr. Moreton was ceremonious
when out of his own house, and Mildmay had
found constant occupation on his plantation; and, with
Annie's society, had no particular inducement to go
abroad,—so, although Mr. Moreton and Mildmay sat
down together with the mutual idea of being pleased with
each other's society, yet it was nevertheless true, that the
emotions of sympathy were yet to be called forth by the
interchange of harmonious thoughts.

A few moments' conversation only had taken place
before Mr. Moreton and Mildmay, to their own astonishment,
found that they differed on every interchange of
sentiment; and as Mr. Moreton, living as he did in a
somewhat solitary place, had, by long association with his
negroes, become, insensibly to himself, restive under contradiction,
although respectfully offered, and from one he
acknowledged an equal; still his abruptness of manner at

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

first caused Mildmay to yield in silence, and then to differ
from Mr. Moreton even beyond the natural bent of his
true feelings.

“I think that this custom that prevails with some
Southern people of sending their children to the North to
be educated is decidedly wrong, and very ridiculous,” said
Mr. Moreton, with great emphasis of manner.

“I must beg to differ with you again,” said Mildmay,
quietly, “for I have found not only the Northern colleges
excellent as literary institutions, but useful, in giving the
collateral advantage of acquaintance with the social and
commercial character of our brethren of the whole Union.”

“I don't see the advantage you speak of,” returned
Moreton, energetically; “we send our young men on to
the North, and they come back with their heads crammed
full of literary trash, and Southern institutions are made
distasteful to them: I think it ruins them altogether.”

“I haven't found such to be my experience,” said Mildmay,
for the instant annoyed.

“I beg your pardon, sir,” said Moreton, slightly coloring;
“but the fact is, I forgot, in my knowledge of your
Southern birth and interests, that you had ever seen the
North; so you must excuse me, for I don't in my own
mind identify you with the Yankees.”

“But I have shown great willingness myself to be
identified with them,” said Mildmay, laughing; “for,” he
continued, “the best half of me is the very pith of the
Mayflower stock.”

“True, true,” said Mr. Moreton, his natural gallantry
getting the better of his prejudices; “and I wish such rare

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

infusions were more frequent: but you will admit, my
dear Mildmay,” continued he, after a pause, “that the
tendency of Northern colleges are anti-Southern in their
influence.”

“Not necessarily so,” said Mildmay, with decision
“for,” he continued, “out of three hundred students I
was associated with at Malden, most of whom were Yankees,
and to the manner born, there were but two avowed
abolitionists; and what is most remarkable, one of those
insanities is now an editor of a secession paper in South
Carolina, and the other a school teacher in Georgia, publishing
addresses cautioning the planters of the South
against using New England primers, lest they get unconsciously
infected with abolition sentiments in spelling English
words.”

“Well, there,” said Moreton, whirling around upon his
chair and snapping his fingers in triumph, “don't you see,
Mr. Mildmay, by your own showing, something contemptible
in the —,” and Moreton stopped.

“You were going to say, `New England character,'”
suggested Mildmay, smiling; “but, I see nothing of the
kind in my illustration, and these two young men that I
speak of, are mere time-servers. They thought that anti-slavery
sentiments would help their personal interests in
Connecticut, and so they adopted them. Finishing their
education, they went South, and, always consistent, they
flatter the pro-slavery feeling among us, and are as heartless
and unprincipled and dangerous in their new vocation,
as they were in their old; and,” continued Mildmay, his
eyes flashing fire, “I loathe and despise such cowardly

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

creatures; they are a disgrace when compared with the
lowest standards of man.”

“I never had any other feeling for them,” said Mr.
Moreton, with complacency.

“You will pardon me, sir,” said Mildmay, “if I say, that
this truckling to interest, this sacrifice of conscience and
truth, is not peculiar to New England, or New England
men. I think I meet parallel examples sometimes in my
visits to Beechland. I see hypocrites at our doors, for I mistrust
the sincerity of all men, who, owning no negroes themselves,
are violent in defence of our peculiar institutions.”

“I never took that view of it,” said Moreton, rising, and
walking rapidly up and down the gallery; “perhaps you
are right.”

“I know that I am right,” said Mildmay; “look,” he
continued, “at the burnings and lynchings of negroes,
which have disgraced the fair fame of the South, and it
will be found that the planters, the men of wealth and
education, have rarely been participators—the deeds were
done by irresponsible men, who owned no negroes themselves,
but who thus gratified their unholy passions, through
the corrupt idea, that their excessive zeal gave evidence of
devotion to Southern interests.”

“Mildmay, I believe that what you say is true,” said
Moreton, stopping in his walk, and falling into a brown
study, and then thrown off his guard by Mildmay's impressiveness—
“Now, I remember, in the Murrell excitement,
we tried an incendiary at Beechland, and Judge Lynch
sentenced him to be hung. But when the poor fellow was
on the gallows, no one would act as Jack Ketch, and the

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

poor devil would have got off, had not a stranger in the
place, and himself suspected of abolition sentiments, adjusted
the rope, and launched the victim into eternity.”

“And, by this murder, the suspected individual appeased
the public sentiment against himself,” said Mildmay,
with emotion.

“Oh yes,” said Mr. Moreton, as if relieved from an
oppressive feeling,—“oh yes, and the man has lived in
Beechland ever since.”

“And would hang us to-morrow,” said Mildmay, with
disgust, “if the insurrection were against us. Upon such
wretched social materials, upon such a moral volcano, do
we slaveholders exist.”

As Mildmay concluded, Mr. Moreton absolutely fell
into his chair. Strange ideas had been awakened in his
mind,—thoughts that had slumbered for years, aroused. A
sort of desolate feeling came over him, the future looked
gloomy and uncertain, and for a moment he mentally groped
in darkness,—and then, brushing his hand across his brow,
he said:

“Mildmay, if we would happily live in the South,
we must not look so deeply and darkly upon the things
around us;” and with this remark, Mr. Moreton's thoughts
launched again into the current of life, allowing the present
only to occupy his mind; the future he carefully excluded.

Fortunately, to relieve both gentlemen of their embarrassment,
Col. Lee, the only person invited to dine with
the Moretons, on Mildmay's visit, was seen riding toward
the house; and by this exclusive invitation Mr. Moreton
intended to show Mildmay the high esteem he placed

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

upon his visit, for Col. Lee was presumed only to honor with
his company people of admitted pretensions, for he claimed
for himself, to be one of the “first families of Virginia,”
and consequently was aristocratic to the last degree.

The moment that Moreton caught sight of the Colonel,
he walked out upon the lawn and met that gentleman half
way, and accompanied him into the house. The Colonel
had evidently determined to make an impression. He saluted
Mildmay with a courteous dignity, such as Washington
may have been presumed to use on great state occasions,
and before he had well seated himself, a servant was
already by his side, with a salver containing liqueurs, and
a pitcher of cool water.

Col. Lee helped himself to a glass of wine, and turning
to Moreton and Mildmay, he expressed his pleasure at seeing
them both looking so well, trusted that the ladies were in
good health, and that Mrs. Mildmay found the climate of
Louisiana to agree with her constitution; and, tossing off
his wine, he remarked complacently,

“Moreton, you have the most excellent water on your
place. I know of none so good in the neighborhood. It is a
great blessing to have good water,” and thereupon the
Colonel begged to be excused, as he was quite thirsty
from riding in the dust, and he helped himself again to the
sherry, and then seated himself in an elegant attitude,
and seemed to be prepared to receive admiration of his
personal appearance, and to listen patiently to hear any remarks
that might be made in conversation.

The moment that Col. Lee took his seat, Mr. Moreton
brightened up, and a lively conversation ensued, in which

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

Mildmay became interested, from the novelty of the ideas
constantly presented, although they were not always in
accordance with his manner of thinking.

As Mr. Moreton had a large family, the subject of
education was a source of constant reflection; and as
the exchange of ideas progressed, Mr. Moreton, unintentionally
to himself, made some of his favorite remarks against
Northern institutions of learning, when Colonel Lee, perceiving
that Mildmay had differed with Moreton on their
merits, broke out into a eulogistic defence of Southern
Colleges, and wound up by a graphic description of the
“Virginia University,” an institution, he said, that was the
fountain of chivalry, of profound scholarship, and statesmanship;
and gradually progressing, he gave many anecdotes of
the amusements of the students, and described with inimitable
humor, a cock-fight, that took place one evening
in “the chapel,” in which one of the professors lost to him
nearly a half gallon of brandy, besides a box of the best
Spanish cigars.

Mrs. Moreton had scarcely gone through the pantomime
of showing Annie, rather than telling her, how very distracting
Toots' noise was to her head, when a negro presented
herself at Mrs. Moreton's door, and, making a low
courtesy, said:

“Mistress, Aunt Dinah's done got worse.”

“One of your servants sick?” said Annie.

“Yes,” replied Mrs. Moreton, putting on a light shawl,
“one of our most valuable women has had `the fever,' and
it seems impossible to break it,” and as Mrs. Moreton said
this she opened an armoire door, and after fumbling among

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

various vials and papers, she took something in her hand,
and excusing herself to Annie, was about to leave the room,
when she turned and said: “Mrs. Mildmay, perhaps you
would like to walk down to the quarters with me.”

Annie at the instant hearing the voice of her husband
and Mr. Moreton on the front gallery, as if engaged in an
interesting conversation, at once assented, and at Mrs.
Moreton's suggestion, put on a large sun-bonnet that was
lying near by in a chair. Thus equipped, she and Mrs.
Moreton proceeded down stairs and passed into the yard
back of the house, a number of little negroes instantly presenting
themselves, who ran ahead and opened the garden
gates.

The buildings occupied by Mr. Moreton's negroes, were
quite a feature of his plantation. When he first moved
upon it, he found nothing but a few `log pens.' One of
them he fitted up for himself and wife, for he had no children
at that time; and as soon as he got somewhat settled
his first improvements consisted in the erection of sixteen
commodious cabins, that were in equal numbers arranged in
two parallel lines, making what appeared to be the begining
of a handsome street. At the head was built a large
double cabin, with a spacious verandah, as the house of the
overseer. These buildings finished, Mr. Moreton continued
for a long time to reside in his now, by contrast, still
more humble hut, and he became for a while quite famous
for furnishing his negroes better houses than he himself
occupied.

“Have you had much sickness on your place?” inquired
Mrs. Moreton, as she walked along.

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

“Some,” said Annie, hesitatingly, “but I have never
seen any myself.”

“Is it possible?” returned Mrs. Moreton; “how
have you been so fortunate?” she asked, with a face expressive
of surprise.

“Why, I have never been told by Mr. Mildmay that I
should go to the quarters on such occasions, and I am sure
I would not volunteer.”

“I have been accustomed from my childhood up,” half
musingly said Mrs. Moreton, “to nurse with my own hands
the sick.—I did it on my father's place, and have continued
to do it ever since I was married to Mr. Moreton.” As
the lady concluded, she, with Annie, stepped into Aunt
Dinah's cabin.

In a room sixteen by twenty feet in size, and destitute
of furniture, save a very rude bedstead, the frame of which
was nailed against the wall, lay stretched out the form of
the patient—of the sick Dinah.

Annie drew back with considerable dread, when she
first looked into the cabin of the slave, but seeing Mrs.
Moreton enter, and with the most sympathetic manner,
proceed at once to the bedside of the patient, she affected
to overcome her great repugnance and followed her
hostess.

“How do you feel, Dinah?” said her mistress, taking
the sick woman's hand unresistingly in her own.

The negress seemed to have fallen into a doze, and when
she opened her eyes, the astonishment she displayed was
unbounded, as she beheld not only her mistress, but the
delicate form of Annie bending over her.

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

“What is the matter?” inquired Mrs. Moreton, with a
soothing voice.

“I done got berry sick,” said Dinah, still in wonder.

“Let me look at your tongue,” said Mrs. Moreton.

The negress did as she was desired, and Mrs. Moreton,
after a moment's speculation, said:

“Dinah, you have been eating something to make you
sick; I see it by your high fever, and believe it, because
little Ann gives me to understand you have been complaining
again of pain.”

“I ain't done eat nothin',” said the woman stolidly,
and giving a sigh, at the same time groaning and turning
her face to the wall.

Mrs. Moreton was not to be deceived. To Annie's surprise
she cross-questioned the woman, and again looked at
her tongue, and finally pressed her delicate fingers upon
the negress' chest.

“I see how it is,” said Mrs. Moreton finally, a shade of
regret passing over her face, “you have been to the water-melon
patch, and have likely killed yourself.”

“Aint done eat nothin,'” repeated Dinah.

Hasn't Dinah been eating water-melon?” said Mrs.
Moreton to little Ann, who just at that moment came into
the cabin.

“Only one, missis,” said the child.

Mrs. Moreton sat down at the foot of the dirty bed, as
if perfectly disheartened, and with a face full of feeling she
said to Annie:

“Mrs. Mildmay, I sat up nearly all last night with that
negress, and got her through a critical sickness, and now you

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

see, by her own imprudence, my labor is lost, and perhaps
her life endangered,” and then turning to little Ann, she
said: “go over to the house, and tell your Mistress Margaret,
to send me the bottle of medicine I was using yesterday.”

“Yes 'em,” said little Ann, running out to perform the
errand.

“How came you to disobey me?” said Mrs. Moreton,
turning to the invalid.

“'Cause I had nothin' to eat,” gruffly replied the patient.

“Did you not,” said Mrs. Moreton, “get some soup to-day
that I made for you myself?”

“Never got nothin',” said the negress, growing still
more sullen.

“Ah me!” said Mrs. Moreton much annoyed, and turning
to Annie, she said:

“You will find, Mrs. Mildmay, after you have had my
experience, that a planter's wife is the greatest slave that
exists. If I don't see to every thing, all goes wrong. The
soup, that I prepared to-day with so much care for
this very negress, I have no doubt was eaten up by little
Ann.”

By this time, little Ann had returned, bringing Mrs.
Moreton's parasol.

“I did not send you for this,” said Mrs. Moreton, in
great vexation. “What did you tell Mistress Margaret I
wanted?”

“Something you done had yesterday, missis,” said

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

little Ann, perfectly unconscious that she had made any
mistake.

“I see how it is,” remarked Mrs. Moreton, taking up
the parasol, “I shall have to go back to my room, and
either return myself or send down Aunt Margaret, or I
shall never be certain that what I desire is done aright,”
and wrapping her shawl around her, the two ladies walked
slowly home.

“I am sure,” said Annie, after they left the hearing
of the patient, “that I never can be so good a nurse as you.
Why, Mrs. Moreton,” she continued, “I cannot overcome
my repugnance to the blacks enough, to bear with comfort
the necessary presence of my servants, and I fear that
I could never be of use, by the side of those that are sick.”

“I never had such feelings,” said Mrs. Moreton, without
expressing the least emotion of curiosity or surprise.

The moment that the mistress and guest were gone,
Violet, who watched them from the chamber window, went
back into the room where she first met Annie, and taking
up that lady's bonnet she placed it upon her head, and
drawing the ears close down to her face, she surveyed the
effect with evident admiration. She next put on the riding
habit and throwing a shawl over her left arm, she gracefully
lifted the long skirt from about her feet, and commenced
a pantomime, in which was displayed with artistic perfection,
not only Annie's manner, but also Mrs. Moreton's, and
the nice distinction which Violet made in the characters,
as she carried on an imaginary conversation, could not be
excelled.

The “favorite servant” then leaned affectedly upon a

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

high-backed arm-chair, and eyeing the red velvet of the
upright cushion with the most languishing expression, she
said: “Why, Mr. Mildmay, I am so fatigued, I'm mighty
glad we got to Mr. Moreton's, it's so very warm to-day;”
then throwing the shawl around her shoulders, she wrapped
it close to her person, and completely changing her voice,
she continued: “Really, I am so perfectly distracted with
the noise of the children, and the care of them miserable
idle servants, Mr. Moreton, that I shall certainly go crazy.”
Next falling into the chair and assuming a benign smile,
she turned towards the door and went on: “There, sister,
is that dear smart child again. Come here, Toots, don't
you see your mother is annoyed; come, go down with Aunt
Margaret and leave these unkind people,” and then jumping
up, in the imaginary person of Annie Mildmay, she
courteseyed around the room; until, perceiving her mistress
just at the entrance of the house, she hastily threw aside
her borrowed plumage, and met that lady in the great hall,
with a meekness and innocence of face, that was, perhaps,
the best piece of acting she performed throughout the day.

In the front door of the house stood Aunty, with the
baby. Aunty was a tall, ungainly-looking woman, but possessed
a fine expression of countenance, and had a voice
that sounded unusually cultivated for a negro.

As Annie attempted to pass on she was naturally attracted
to the infant, whose little dimpled hands and arms,
and innocent unformed face, formed a strong contrast with
its hard-visaged, sable nurse. Annie stopped short, and
raising both hands in admiration, exclaimed:

“The dear, dear, sweet little cherub.”

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

Aunty smiled at this involuntary compliment to her
charge, as much as if it had been intended for herself, and
raised “the cherub” to give Annie a better view.

The baby's head rolled from side to side, on its little
shoulders, while its eyes stared out on vacancy, showing
that the mind had not yet lit up the clear pupil of black
and blue.

“The dear sweet cherub!” again exclaimed Annie, as
she buried the child in her flaxen curls.

“She's moughty sweet indeed!” finally ejaculated Aunty,
“dat child, young mistress, knows too much for her age.”

“Knows too much?” said Annie, laughing outright at
the very idea of such a thing.

“Why, sartain,” returned Aunty; “for dat are child
will set and study, and think all day; she's too smart entirely,
and,” concluded the faithful nurse, in a commiserating
voice, “if she don't stop a-doing it, she'll never make
old bones, sure and sartain.”

Again Annie gave the prematurely-wise infant another
kiss, and heartily amused at the enthusiasm of the old
negress, followed Mrs. Moreton to her room.

-- 162 --

p726-171 CHAPTER XIV. THE HOSPITABLE BOARD.

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

Throughout the day, a great bustle had prevailed in Mrs.
Moreton's kitchen. Viney, the cook, was by due notice
informed of the expected visit of Mr. and Mrs. Mildmay,
and had been told to get as excellent a dinner as possible,
in honor of the occasion. Viney had great pride in her
department, and was determined to do something that
would do honor to the family. The consequence was, that
she had managed to get some half-a-dozen negroes added to
the already over-abundant supply natural to Mr. Moreton's
house; and the kitchen was not only crowded with
every variety of dish, for the garnishment of the table,
but it was also crowded with negroes, who, on the pretence
of helping the bustling and important Viney, were
really helping themselves.

The rustling of ladies' dresses in the hall, finally announced,
indirectly, to the gentlemen, that dinner was on
the table; and by the time they reached the parlor, the
folding-doors were thrown open, and the ladies were discovered,
already seated at the hospitable board.

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

Col. Lee was all compliments, and before taking his
seat, he congratulated Mrs. Moreton on her fine appearance,
expressed the most profound pleasure at meeting
with Mrs. Mildmay, “of whose beauty he had heard so
much,” and then seated himself beside Aunt Margaret,
whom he called “a lady of the Old Dominion.”

Mildmay was more ceremonious, and after expressing
his pleasure at seeing Mrs. Moreton, and Mrs. Marbury
(Aunt Margaret), he gave a look of pleasurable intelligence
to Annie, and seated himself by her side. This
being done, Mr. Moreton took his place at the head of the
table, and looking over the viands and his guests, with intense
satisfaction, he ordered the soup to be handed round,
and fell himself to carving the magnificent—and on a
Southern table, never to be dispensed with—ham, that until
then, untouched by knife, was resting before him.

On the first sound of the spoons upon the dishes, there
came a noise in the hall, as of heavy drops of rain beating
upon a roof; then could be heard children's voices, and in
another instant, a dozen or more of boys and girls, of all
sizes and ages, came rushing into the dining-room, clamoring
for something to eat, and evidently urged on by a
score of little negroes, that, in the rear, ably supported
these impetuous applicants.

“These children must all be carried off,” said Mr.
Moreton, holding up his carving-knife and fork, and looking
around as if he expected every moment that he himself
would be devoured.

“Toots ain't doin 'way!” said that little romp, tumbling
from some place plump into the middle of the room,

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

“me doin to eat dinner, and sassenger, and cake, and pie,
and—and—and chickenses,” and when she got thus far,
Mrs. Moreton put her hands to her ears, and begged Aunt
Margaret “to take that child, and all the children, away,
until dinner was over.”

“Take Toots up!” said Aunt Margaret to a matronly-looking
negro woman, the seamstress, who had volunteered
to wait on the table; “take Toots up!” continued Aunt
Margaret, “and amuse her as you best can.”

“I won't go to Phyllis!” said Toots, jumping up and
down the room, and falling heels over head against Annie's
feet.

“Come, little missis!” said Phyllis, catching hold of
Toots, “come, and I'll tell you that pretty story.” Toots
yielded in an instant, and fairly springing into her nurse's
arms, she could be heard rattling away, until her voice was
lost in the distance, telling Phyllis how much “she liked
to hear that pretty 'tory of the horses, and cagiges, and
womens, and dogs.”

Meanwhile the mass of the children, including George,
Augustus, Minty, Clotilde, Charley, and “little Moreton,”
made a compromise with their father, that they were to
have a table set in an adjoining room (this was a favorite
plan of the servants); in the meanwhile, they were to go
out in the yard and play.

Phyllis carried Toots into the main road, and sitting
down under the shade of a magnificent live-oak, she spread
a shawl on the ground, on which she put her little mistress,
and told Toots for the fortieth time the following story; it
being remarkable, that at each relation, Toots made the

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

same comments, asked the same questions, and appeared
more than at any previous time, breathless with excited
interest.

“Dar was once, young missis,” began Phyllis, “a
white gentleman, as married another wife, and she was the
stuck-upest woman that never was.”

“What did she do?” asked Toots, out of breath with
expectation.

“Why, whipped all her black people, just for nothin' at
all,” continued Phyllis.

“She wouldn't whip you, would she?” said Toots,
throwing her arms round Phyllis's neck.

“Wal, I 'spect not,” said the girl, caressing the child,
“but now listen,—you see dis stuck up white lady had
three daughters, the biggest ones she made set in the parlor,
under 'skeeter bars, all day, and do nothin' but have
the black people wait on 'em, all the time; and de other
daughter, who was mighty handsome, was kept up stairs,
and wouldn't done let her go riding horseback, nor to New
Orleans, nor nowhar.

“Now, you see,” continued Phyllis, “somebody on de
'jining plantation gave a big ball, and 'vited all de great
people, but didn't 'vite little Cind'rella; her stuck-up
mother wouldn't let her go along with her bad sisters.”

“I'd a kicked and hollered, and told father, if they
didn't let me go to ball, and have cake, and candies, and
ochancies, and apples.”

“I know you would,” said Phyllis, looking admiringly
at Toots, “but, you see that this little Cind'rella didn't
do it, but just staid at home and cried; when dar was an

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

old woman with a cap on, and a long nose, and a broomstick
cum'd into the room, and asked Cind'rella if she
wanted to go to the ball, 'cause her sisters had done gone
already. Now Cind'rella she couldn't go in course, for
you see she had no handsome dress with yaller ribbons,
and blue trimmings, and big breastpin, no carrige to ride,
nor any black people to drive to the ball; now this old
woman was a fairy.”

“What's a fairy?” said Toots, wonderingly.

“A fairy,” said Phyllis, looking rather foolish, “is
somebody that nobody owns, dat just goes about doin'
nothin', and having every thing they wants, dat's a fairy,
Miss Toots. And now,” she continued, “listen what de
fairy done did for Cind'rella; she tuck a punkin, and
made a carrige, and six mouses for horses, and a big rat
for a coach-driver, and put a new dress on, and new shoes
on Cind'rella, and a charm to make her look handsomer
than ever, and sent her off to the big ball.

“You see,” continued Phyllis, “dat de old fairy told
Cind'rella dat she must cum home afore daybreak, her pass
was up you see by dat time, and if she stopped, de patrolers
would cotch her. Now Cind'rella was a dancin' a
'giny reel, with the young master, who owned two hundred
black people, and dey had plenty music, six banjos, and
three fiddles, but den daybreak cum all ov a sudden, and
Cind'rella, 'spectin' her pass wouldn't do no longer, tuck
to her heels, and left her shoe in de middle of de floor.

“Now de rich young man, dat owned two hundred
black people, was in lub wid Cind'rella, and as he couldn't
find her plantation; he sent all his black people out to find

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

the young missis that lost her shoe at de time de dancing
was gwine on; at last dey found her up in de arbor sound
asleep, wid one shoe, and dey know'd it was her, and
dey had a big weddin', and every body cum—Mr. Mildmay,
and Col. Lee, and—”

“Cousin Annie,” suggested Toots.

“Yes,” said Phyllis, “Mistress Annie—and all de
black people was dressed up, a waitin' on de tables, and
such a time was never know'd afore.”

“Oh, how I would like to have been there!” said
Toots, clapping her little hands, “wouldn't I had fun, and
thrown turkey bones across the table, and made mother
take me in her lap, and sing me to sleep when—” and
Toots rose from her reclining position, and attempting to
spin round, to show Phyllis how she would go to sleep,
she twisted the shawl about her feet, and as usual, rolled
heels over head, but instantly releasing herself, she went
whooping off down the road, in pursuit of a gaudy butterfly,
that was fluttering along, seemingly on purpose to entice
the little fairy away from home.

Mr. Moreton's children assembled in the lawn, accompanied
by all the little negroes that could be gathered up
on the plantation; and it was enthusiastically agreed to
play “Runaway.” George, a boy about ten years of age,
was captain; and in his imperative manner, and restiveness
under restraint, displayed toward his little dependents,
was a perfect representation of his father. He organized
the play that gave them all so much pleasure.

A little negro, some eight years old, named Puggy
Bill, selected because he was a favorite with “young

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

master,” personated the “runaway;” and according to
direction, he tracked over the lawn, running around the
trees, and behind the out-buildings,—turning and twisting
in every possible direction, so as not to cross his own footsteps.
The children, white and black, watching the course
of this little “star in the comedy,” and occasionally shouting
out their pleasure, whenever Puggy Bill showed any
unusual degree of shrewdness in tracking his devious way.

At the feet of George was held, by several officious
little negro boys—a young, and scarcely weaned, deerhound.
The animal—pup though it was, showed by its
heavy limbs, long silken ears, and bright eyes, that it was
of game blood. It seemed to understand that it occupied
a prominent place in the amusements of the hour, and
rested patiently until it was time for action.

At length Puggy Bill completed his circuit, and came
up, quite out of breath, to the group he some fifteen minutes
before had left; when, at a given signal, “Clamper,”
the puppy, was put on “the trail;” and as he set off,
childish shouts encouraged him on his way. The dog,
with his nose close to the ground, followed Puggy Bill's
tracks with a precision that gave the children the greatest
delight; and as he wound around and followed, to admiring
eyes, the unseen course, he was continually cheered. Excited
himself, at last, as he was nearing the end of the
chase, the puppy began to give forth cries of excitement,
and opened its unformed throat, and yelped with puppy joy.

Presently he threaded the group of children, and
leaped rapturously on Puggy Bill, who received the favorite
with open arms, covering him with caresses; “young

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

master” George, meanwhile, going on with various explicatives,
as if the runaway, although caught, had made
resistance, and consequently had to be beaten, or shot
down.

The sumptuous dinner was brought to a close,—Annie
stood under the gallery, equipped in her riding-dress,—
Col. Lee had insisted that her palfrey should be brought
close up to the door. Mr. Moreton and Aunt Margaret
shook Annie cordially by the hand, and repeated over and
over again the pleasure they had experienced in her society.
Mr. Moreton and Col. Lee courteously contended
who should assist Annie on her horse, who, fairly mounted,
waved her adieus; and Mildmay, springing in the saddle,
lifted his hat, and in a moment more he and his young
wife were cantering down the road,—the declining sun
cautioning them that they must be quick-footed, if they
would not be surrounded while in the forest by the solitude
of night.

-- 170 --

p726-179 CHAPTER XV. THE TITLE DEED.

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

Squire Andrew Hobby was professedly a justice of the
peace; his chief business, however, was writing out bills
for the sale of negroes. He was naturally a pompous man,
but generally concealed this peculiarity, as he was dependent
upon the good will of the populace for his official dignity.
Hobby had a high regard for Mildmay, simply
because that gentleman had never treated him with the
least passing notice; and he was accordingly quite flattered,
when Mildmay checked his horse in front of his
little office one morning, and stated that he desired at a
particularly named time his official services at the “Heritage
Place.”

“And what is it you desire of me?” inquired Hobby
before Mildmay had time to finish his commission.

“Simply,” returned Graham, “to execute the papers
for the sale of a negro; and my reason for troubling you
to come out to my house is, that it may possibly be inconvenient
for Mrs. Mildmay to visit Beechland, to sign the
title deed.”

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

“I'll come out with pleasure,” said Hobby, rubbing
his hands with excitement; “this office of mine is not
much of a place to invite ladies in.”

“The office is well enough,” said Mildmay; “but
ladies, you are aware, find it difficult to leave home.”

“They do,” returned Hobby, with emphasis; and
suddenly assuming his natural manner, he continued,
“Ladies thrive best in the domestic circle, surrounded by
the endearments of home; and, as the editor of the Southern
War Trumpet observes, depending for support upon
the sterner sex, as the vine upon the lordly oak.”

“You are quite an enthusiast, Mr. Hobby, when alluding
to the sex,” returned Mildmay, gathering up the loose
bridle-reins, and preparing to leave.

“Quite,” said Hobby, trying to look impressive;
“quite, Mr. Mildmay, for we can never return the debt of
gratitude we owe to woman.”

Graham struck his spur gently into his horse's flanks,
and as the generous animal started off, he muttered to
himself, “Confound that fellow's stereotyped compliments;
why don't he practise some of his professions, by
taking the most ordinary care of his notoriously neglected
wife.”

When Mildmay reached home, Mr. Speers was waiting
for him upon the gallery of the house. Mildmay saluted
the gentleman, and after a few moments' conversation
with Annie, returned to his guest.

“I saw Squire Hobby,” said he, drawing up a chair,
and ordering Governor to bring some refreshments; “and

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

I presume he will soon be here, as I saw his horse saddled
before I left town.”

“I'm not specially engaged at this time,” returned
Speers, in a drawling voice, filling his tumbler half full of
brandy, and declining any water. “I've been over the
crap this morning,' he continued, “and though smartly
in the grass, I reckon the niggers can get along without
being touched up, till night, if they must.”

“I am very sorry,” said Mildmay, going to his desk,
and getting out some papers, “that Mr. Murritt, when he
sold me the girl Mary, did not say you owned her husband.”

“He wouldn't a' told you that, and been sharp at a
trade,” said Speers, his eyes twinkling at the preposterous
idea of a trader's saying any thing to interfere with a bargain;
“for,” he suggested, “maybee, you wouldn't have
bought the girl, if you know'd she had been separated from
her husband.”

“I certainly would not,” said Mildmay, his face flushing
with excitement.

“And do you 'spose,” said Speers, with a kind of triumph
unconsciously displayed in his voice, “that Murritt
could make a living if he consulted his niggers as to how
he should sell 'em?”

Mildmay bit his lip, and internally acknowledging, in
spite of himself, that his long residence in the North had
unprepared him somewhat for the associations around him;
and, at the moment, perceiving the busy Mr. Hobby approaching,
he walked toward the gate to meet him, and
lead the way to the house.

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

Again the ceremony of drinking was gone through
with, much to the gratification of Speers and Hobby,—the
latter gentleman observing, much to the admiration of
Speers,

“That if he ever did own a big plantation, he rather
thought if he hadn't any thing else good, he would have
`No. 1,' sperits;” when, suddenly recollecting that Speers
owned only a small plantation, he continued, smiling toward
that gentleman, “in the mean time, I'd have plenty of
plain whiskey.”

“This Mildmay is rather a stiff man,” said Speers,
looking nervously about, Graham having for the moment
left his guests.

“He is,” almost whispered Hobby; “but you see,”
he went on, “it's the way with the rich,—they can afford
to put on airs.”

“But,” continued Speers, with a sort of injured expression,
“Mildmay won't drink,—won't frolic,—won't
card,—won't chaw,—and smokes a cigar as if he did'nt
love it; what kind of a man is that?” and Speers looked
at Hobby as if he had given a question too difficult for
human solution.

“Why, you see, the fact is,” said Hobby, puckering
up his mouth with the expression that he assumed when
on “the bench,” “you see Mr. Mildmay, though born in
old Carolina, was raised among the Yankees, and his edication
has been neglected; I haven't lived, Mr. Speers, in
Beechland nigh on to fifteen years for nothing:” and
Hobby looked more profound than ever, and touching
Speers upon the breast, he continued:

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

“We have had a good many cases here like Mildmay,
that didn't cut up such shindys more than a year or two,
and then begun and went it strong to make up. Why
Jim Ruggles, as keeps the race-track, and was tried last
court for stocking cards, commenced here nine years ago
worse than Mildmay.”

“That Jim Ruggles is a good fellow,” said Speers,
with great sympathy, and not exactly comprehending Esq.
Hobby's meaning; and he continued, with some animation,
“that 'ere 'ditement 'bout the cards was done, just
'cause Ruggles is so poor that he can't pertect himself
from abuse.”

“That's true,—that's true,” said the politic Hobby;
“for you see,” added he, “Major Lively said to the court,
`that if wringing in an ace or two at the last game was
to be made a fine of, why he could present the hull bar
to the grand jury;' and so the matter dropped.”

When Mildmay returned to the gallery, he was accompanied
by a negro girl about twenty years of age, whose
drabbled homespun garments betrayed that she had but
just left the wet grass of the cotton field.

“Here's Mary,” said he, to Mr. Speers; “you have
seen her, and are willing to purchase her at the stipulated
price of six hundred dollars?”

Speers rolled his eyes over towards the girl, and examined
her from head to foot; then getting up, and whirling
her round by a rough jerk of her shoulder, and stooping
down and rubbing with his finger a perceptible scar on the
calf of the girl's leg, he again seemed desirous to take a
good look, and stood off, and put himself in an attitude

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

assumed by connoisseurs when viewing at a rare picture.
He then turned to her, and abruptly said,

“How come that scar on your leg?”

“It's whar a dog bit me,” said the girl, with perfect
indifference. “Squire Hobby,” said Speers, “look at
that scratch there, and tell me if you believe that girl's
lying.”

Hobby at once assumed his official face, and, stooping
down, appeared to make a most critical inspection.

“What do you think of it?” said Speers, finally growing
impatient.

“Why,” said the learned justice, “it mout have been
made by a lash, and it mout have been made by a dog's
bite, or a brier; I suspect it was the effect of accident, as
the girl says.”

“That's enough,” said Speers, seeming to be relieved;
“for you see,” he continued, `I don't buy no scarred
niggers; if I want any sich marks on my property, I'll
make 'em myself.”

“You have decided positively not to sell this girl's
husband to me?” said Graham.

“Yes,” said Speers, gruffly; “for you see, Mr. Mildmay,
I don't know why I shouldn't own a good nigger as
well as any body else.”

“Nor do I,” said Mildmay, thoroughly annoyed; “I
wish Mr. Speers you owned a hundred, if you desire to,—
only I regret that I should have been the instrument of
separating the wife from a negro, to whom you seem so
much attached.”

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

Speers evidently felt mortified that he had spoken as
he did, and in a milder voice he said,

“What's the use of troubling ourselves whether this
gal lives with Cooney or not; she can find husbands
enough on Heritage Place.”

“Mary,” said Mildmay, turning to the negro, “when
I proposed to buy you, you said that you were not married?”

“So I did, master,” said the girl, moodily, “but if I
hadn't told you so, Mr. Murritt would a' killed me after
you went away.”

“Mr. Mildmay,” said Speers, perfectly unconscious of
the feelings agitating Graham's breast, “if you'd like to
keep that gal, you needn't be afeard that Cooney will
come on your premises after I tell him to keep away; I
would like to own a nigger that would go whar I told him
not to.”

“It is not best to tempt him so strongly to disobey
you,” said Mildmay.

“Well, if Cooney disobeys me, it shan't be any trouble
to you,” said Speers, trying to be agreeable.

“You see Mary,” said Mildmay, turning to the girl,
“that by being controlled, you deceived me; now you are
at liberty to speak the truth: do you prefer to go with
Mr. Speers, or stay with me?”

“I want to be with Cooney,” was the terse answer.

“Very well,” said Mildmay; “now go to the quarters,
gather up your clothes and bedding, and come to the shed
of the blacksmith's shop in the front road.”

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

The girl replied, “Yes, sir,” and walked away.

Mildmay at once produced pen, ink, and paper, and
with the assistance of Governor, they were with a table
placed on the gallery; and Squire Hobby proceeded to
his business of amanuensis.

After examining the pen in every possible light, sticking
the nib between his lips, turning round the paper, and,
in fact, going through much seemingly useless pantomime,
he assumed a very grave face; and, turning to Mildmay,
said:

“What's the girl's name?”

“Mary.”

“Her age?”

“About twenty.”

“Consideration?”

“Six hundred dollars,” said Speers.

“Cash?” said the squire, scratching his nose with the
feather end of the pen.

“Cash,” said Speers, pulling out a roll of bills and
gold half eagles, and laying them down on the table.

These questions and answers having been obtained, the
squire set himself to work. Graham meanwhile went up
into Annie's room, and informed her that her presence was
necessary one moment to sign the bill of sale.

The little wife was trembling and nervous, and it instantly
attracted Mildmay's attention. “What can the
matter be, Annie?” said he, tenderly putting his arm
round her waist.

“Nothing,” said she, trying to look unconcerned;
“but you know that I am not accustomed to the forms of

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

business, and I feel an unusual amount of trepidation:
perhaps I am not as well as I might be.”

“I fear so,” said Graham, looking affectionately down
into her face; “you confine yourself too much; let
us get clear of this loquacious squire, and our plain, but
I have no doubt worthy neighbor, Mr. Speers, and then
for a ride down the road. `Sunnyside' is getting as fat
as a Christmas goose just for want of exercise.”

“A ride let it be,” said Annie, with animation; and
arm-and-arm they proceeded to the gallery.

Meanwhile, Squire Hobby was intently busy on the
longest word in the matter before him; and as he never
could master that particular word without much trouble,
he was working it out, by pronouncing aloud each letter as
he went along; while Speers was intently watching progress,—
he having great interest that every thing should be
done right.

“There's `redhibitory' written out in full,” said the
squire, breathing freely, as if he had accomplished a gigantic
task.

“What does it mean?” asked Speers, gathering up all
his money in his hand.

“Why it means just this,” said the squire, waving his
pen around in a sort of flourish; “it means this: `Redhibition,
'cording to the Code (art. 2497), means the avoidance
of sale on account of some vice or defect of the thing
sold, which renders its use either absolutely useless, or its
use so inconvenient and imperfect, that it must be supposed
that the buyer would not have purchased it, had he
known of the vice.'”

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

“Does it mean all that 'ere?” said Speers, looking
with a sort of awe upon Hobby.

“It don't do any thing else,” said the squire, really
excited; “and there's many a lawyer as would charge you
a double `V' for not half that information.”

“Has Mary got any thing of the kind you have just
been reading about?” continued Speers, putting back his
money into his pocket.

“Not as I knows on,” said the squire, enjoying the
triumph achieved by his legal knowledge; “for you see,
Mr. Speers, the Code says:

“`Nor can the buyer (art. 2498) institute the redhibitory
action, on account of the latent defects, which the
seller has declared to him before or at the time of the
sale.'”

“What does that mean?” said Speers, his ideas now
nearly all aground.

“Why,” continued the squire, “the `latent defects'
of niggers and animals, 'cording to the Code (art. 2500),
is divided into two classes; vices of body,—vices of character.
The absolute vices of horses and mules is short
wind and glanders; the absolute vices of niggers is leprosy,
madness, and epilepsy. The vices of character
which give rise to the redhibition of slaves is, that the
slave has committed a capital crime, or is addicted to
theft, or running away; and they ain't no vices of character
for horses set down in the Code (art. 2505), though I
think stumbling, colic, and founder, is in horses redhibitory
defects.”

“But you don't mean to say,” said Speers, now

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

perfectly confounded, “that that 'ere nigger I'm going to
buy of Mr. Mildmay has got the leprosy, founders, glanders,
theft, and all that sort of thing, do you?”

“I mean,” said Squire Hobby, endeavoring to imitate
his ideal standard of judicial dignity, “that if this nigger
Mary has any of them 'ere things, and you find it out afore
it is too late, just because I tuck that 'ere word redhibitory
down where it is, it gives you your money back,—and
that's what I mean;” and the squire intended to have
laid back in his chair, as if deeply fatigued under his
official importance, when his eye caught sight of Mildmay
and Annie coming toward them.

The delicate sylph-like beauty of Annie attracted both
these individuals; and their admiration, involuntarily expressed,
could not be felt less than complimentary—it was
so sincere. Annie took her seat near the table, and after
a few moments' pause, Squire Hobby went on, and completed
his labor.

The moment that Mildmay saw the paper was drawn
up, he proposed at once to close the transaction, pleading,
as a reason for his haste, pressing engagements upon his
time. This would have been done, but for the squire's
vanity; his quotations from the Code had thrown Speers
into a profound confusion, and he stated that before the
paper was signed, and the money paid, that he must go
out and take another look at Mary,—which he did, and
not finding visible to his eyes any thing as alarming as the
law terms he had heard, he signified his willingness to go
on, by again producing his gold and bills.

After considerable time, six piles of money, of one hun

-- --

THE SALE OF MARY SPEERS [figure description] 726EAF. Illustration page. A slave woman stands at right at the edge of a large pillared porch. On the porch, two men at center sit at a table in conversation. At left, a woman sits in a chair. A man leans over the woman with his left hand in his vest. [end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

dred dollars each were counted out, and shoved over
towards Esq. Hobby, Mildmay remarking, “that the
amount was right.”

The squire inwardly congratulated himself upon the
opportunity he had of displaying his varied talents before
Annie, and in an unusually loud voice, even for him, began
to read as follows:

“Beechland, June 15th, 18—. Know all men by these
presents, that I, Graham Mildmay, of the first part, do, by
these presents, grant, bargain, sell and convey to Mr. Joseph
William Speers, of the second part, a certain negro
girl named Mary La Tour, aged about twenty years, of
a dark and nearly black color, no distinguishing marks of
form, scars, or peculiarities remembered—”

“There is a dog bite on the calf of her leg,” said
Speers, turning perfectly red with astonishment, as he
raised his eyes and saw Annie looking on with surprise,
for Speers, was so intent with the purchase, that the reading
of the bill for the moment banished every thing else
from his mind.

“It's a mere form,” said the squire, gesticulating with
his hand, “mere form, Mr. Speers.”

“And more verbose than positively necessary, is it
not?” said Mildmay, exceedingly vexed that Annie had
been compelled to be present.

“Not at all,” said the squire. I copied this form from
Col. Lee's document, when he sold Tom Jefferson, or Jeff
as he was called, and it is admitted that Lee is the best
lawyer, being from old Virginia, to make tight papers in

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

a transaction of this kind, that has ever been in Louisiana
or Mississippi either.”

“Well, go on,” said Mildmay very impatiently; and as
if to protect Annie from further rude remarks, he put his
arm around her chair.

“Where was I?” said the squire, taking up the paper
before him. “Oh—ah—I know,” and he went on as follows:

“No distinguishing marks of form, scars, or particulars
remembered; said girl, Mary La Tour, being sold for the
sum of six hundred dollars, lawful money of the United
States, cash in hand paid, and hereby acknowledged by the
party of the first part, Graham Mildmay, Esq. The said
girl, Mary La Tour, being fully warranted from all redhibitory
defects, sound in body and mind, and the title guarantees,
against all others for ever, the said Mary La Tour
as a slave for life.”

Annie, who had listened to all the proceedings with
mechanical attention, now arose, as Graham, taking the pen
in his hand, signified that the title deed was complete.
He then dashed his name across the paper, placed the pen
in Annie's hand, and pointed where she should place her
name.

“Is this positively necessary?” said she, looking earnestly
at Graham. “Most certainly,” said Squire Hobby,
“you see, madam, your paraphernal rights would otherwise
vitiate the title.”

“And break up the trade,” chimed in Speers.

Annie took up the pen, and her usually delicate and

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

neatly written name straggled over the paper, a fearful
evidence to Graham's eye of the conflict going on in Annie's
mind, which he alone, of those who witnessed it, could
appreciate.

The duty performed, Mildmay accompanied Annie to
the entrance of the great hall where stood Clemmy; and
leaving her with the faithful servant, Mildmay returned,—
took up the money still lying on the table, and crushing
it together in his hand, without counting it, much to
the astonishment of Speers, gave it to Governor, and
told him to place it in the escritoire, and get some fresh
water and the decanters, as he presumed the gentlemen
were thirsty.

The ceremony of drinking having been gone through
with, Mildmay paid Esq. Hobby for his services, walked
down to the front gate, waited until both gentlemen had
mounted, and bidding them good day, returned rapidly to
the house.

Speers and Hobby rode along a rod or two, when they
came up to Mary, who was sitting in a listless attitude on
the stump of a fallen tree, her bundle beside her.

“Here's your owner,” said Hobby, thus giving the introduction,
“and a good master he will be too,” continued
he, the politician never deserting him.

Mary looked up, and shouldering her bundle, quietly
asked, “Master, which way must I go?”

“Cross the bayou beyond here, at the old ruined ginhouse,”
said Speers, pointing down the road with his heavy
whip, “go through the woods and you will see Cooney with

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

the other niggers at work in the field, ask him for a hoe,
and stir your stumps until I come.”

“Yes, master,” said Mary, and then she glibly marched
away, while Speers and Hobby together rode toward
Beechland.

-- 185 --

p726-196 CHAPTER XVI. DIXON'S REMORSE.

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

There was living in the vicinity of Beechland, a rich widow,
known as Mrs. Hartshorn, past the prime of life, and
who, being deeply absorbed in the duties of personally
looking after a large estate, attracted but little attention
in the vicinity. Her residence was much out of the way,
and no one, except on business, or with direct intent, ever
visited her.

Why she remained a widow caused the usual speculation,
but it was evident that she was either disinclined to
enter a second time into the bonds of matrimony, or was
difficult to please, for many authentic cases were known,
and freely spoken of, where she had almost rudely refused
some of the presumptuous worthies in the neighborhood.

On the edge of Beechland, just at the cross roads, was
an old and much decayed church. Years previous, it had
been a pretty village sanctuary, and beneath its shadow
reposed the remains of many of the earlier settlers of the
country. But for a long time it had been neglected. The
doors were battered in,—the windows broken,—the

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

graveyard fence nearly destroyed,—in short it was the resting-place
of domestic animals, and never of any philanthropic
use, unless for the temporary shelter it afforded, as a resting-place
for the night, to passing emigrants.

One afternoon, to the astonishment of the villagers,
some twenty of Mrs. Hartshorn's best field hands came
into town in an ox wagon, and as they proceeded along
through the street, made the air vocal with their rude
songs, and finally, stopping in front of the deserted church,
they went to work with hoe and shovel, and in the course
of a few hours produced an improvement, that was charming
to behold.

The doors were partially restored to their places. The
seats and floor of the interior of the building were carefully
cleaned, and the labor thus bestowed, rendered the heretofore
neglected building, considering the mildness of the
weather, a comfortable place for the assembling together
of the people:

The succeeding morning the Southern Clarion, the
local paper of Beechland, in the most conspicuous place in
its editorial columns, contained the following notice.

“We have the pleasure of announcing to our numerous
readers, and all others in the vicinity of our thriving and
prosperous town, that the Reverend W. Claremont Goshawk,
D. D., the great orator and divine, who has so long
been distinguished for his defence of Southern institutions,
and his deep interest in the cause of Southern education,
has consented, at the earnest request of some of our most
influential citizens, to preach a series of two or more sermons.
His first discourse will be on Sunday morning next,

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

and he will probably continue with us throughout the entire
week. It is presumed that he will be greeted with an
overflowing audience. We hardly think that it is necessary
to remind our readers, that Mr. Goshawk, on a
recent visit to the North, was attacked by many of the
fanatical clergymen in that part of the country on the subject
of Christian slaveholders, and that his defence of our
time-honored institution, was admitted to be the finest
piece of eloquence, and most stirring appeal that has appeared
for years; he entirely silenced the wolves in sheep's
clothing, who, under the guise of the religious cloak, are carrying
torches in their hands to fire the temple of our great
republic. By the kindness of one of our most beautiful and
accomplished ladies in the vicinity of Beechland, who has
in this case acted in a manner so characteristic of the gentler
sex, our little temple of worship, so long the cherished
ornament of our town, and whose spire so plainly points the
way to heaven, has been thoroughly scrubbed out and
renovated, and will afford comfortable seats for our entire
population.”

The weather was exceedingly pleasant, and there was a
universal desire to hear the Rev. Mr. Goshawk. That
dignitary, himself, had been for more than a day the inmate
of Mrs. Hartshorn's house, for it was suddenly recalled
to the mind of some of the people around the Head-quarters,
that early one morning, they saw a tall and
good-looking gentleman, dressed in black, in the widow's
carriage, which was rapidly whirling through the streets.

Perhaps Annie was more interested than any one else;
accustomed to attend church every sabbath, from her youth

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

upward, she found this privilege most difficult to dispense
with, and the moment the public notice met her eye, she
consulted Graham, who gave Governor orders to have the
carriage in readiness for the following Sabbath morning.

For a long time Beechland had not borne so gay an appearance,
as it did in its desire to do honor to the Rev.
Mr. Goshawk. Families living many miles distant, had
come to “hear the discourse,” and almost all of the available
ground in the immediate vicinity of the church, was
occupied by splendid “turn-outs,”—in fact the carriages, in
number and equipments, would have done honor to some
state occasion.

People who had been living in each other's neighborhood
for years, now met to renew acquaintances that had
grown dull for want of attrition, and a genial feeling pervaded
the entire assemblage.

The very sight of the pleasing throng, the subdued,
yet self-evident bustle, revived in Annie's mind, most
vividly, the joyous feelings that she felt at Malden, on
similar occasions, and a delightful glow of excitement lit
up her usually rather pale face, as she absolutely threw
herself carelessly into Mildmay's arms, as he assisted her
from the carriage to the ground. “Really, Graham,” said
she, her face radiant with smiles, while smoothing the
wrinkles from her dress, “really this is pleasant, and I
hope Mr. Goshawk will frequently preach for us; I am
sure I shall constantly attend.”

Graham smiled on Annie, and offering her his arm,
the two proceeded into church. It was the first time that
Annie had been seen in public; much, of course, had been

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

said about her, in the neighborhood; curiosity was raised
to know, “if so handsome and rich a young man as Mr.
Mildmay, had really done as well as he deserved!” But it
was evident that the verdict was in Annie's favor, for as
she came, necessarily, in full view of the congregation, who
sat facing the door, a telegraphic surprise rested upon the
countenances of all, and it was by Graham observed and felt,
that Annie excited marked admiration.

As for Annie, herself, the moment she stepped inside
of the church, she felt a solemnity of feeling pervade her
heart, that drove all other thoughts, for the moment, from
her mind, as she passed to a proffered seat, and bent her
head in prayer, as perfectly self-possessed, as if kneeling
at her little altar in her own room.

The congregation had been some time in their seats, before
the reverend gentleman made his appearance. In fact,
the first impression of quietness that prevailed, was beginning
to give way. Gentlemen were seen to be moving
about, and looking at the door, and one or two went out,
while the young ladies began to gaze about, and recognize
each other in the congregation, while Governor, and his
fellow-servants on the outside, it was very evident, from
sounds of suppressed laughter, had got together under the
shade of a wide-spreading tree, and were detailing gossip,
and cracking jokes.

Suddenly was heard the tramp of horses, driven rapidly
along the road,—the whip cracked, at which two or three
saddle nags broke their bridles, and scampered down the
village street,—steps were heard rapidly unfolded—a sort
of kid glove, a gossamer fan confusion ensued in the

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

congregation, and the Rev. Mr. Goshawk, supporting widow
Hartshorn, made his appearance.

It was afterwards asserted by some one, careful in such
statistics, that almost every gentleman in the congregation
rose involuntarily to offer the widow a seat; but nothing
could surpass the dignity and urbanity, with which the
reverend gentleman abandoned his precious charge, preparatory
to ascending the pulpit.

The Rev. Mr. Goshawk's appearance and manner were
decidedly impressive, and he himself was not unconscious
of the fact. After remaining a few moments in silent
meditation, with his soft white hand pressed to his head,
he beckoned to a negro boy, looking in at a side window,
and when the fellow climbed up into the pulpit, he whispered
something in his ear. A long and mysterious pause
ensued, while the boy ran over to the Head-quarters, and
borrowed a pitcher and tumbler, and returning, set them
within reach of the Rev. Mr. Goshawk.

That gentleman arose, and opening a small gilt-edged
book, read the beautiful hymn, beginning:


“Sweet is the day of sacred rest,
All mortal cares forsake the breast,”
and finishing it, desired some one present to be so kind as
to “lead the singing,” and resumed his seat.

Several moments elapsed, but no voice was raised;
it was apparent that one or two gentlemen were half inclined,
but their hearts or voices failed them,—the reverend
gentleman finally arose, and commenced himself. He
was evidently cultivated in church music, and poured out

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

a volume of praise, that even, unsupported as it was,
sounded like an organ.

Scarcely had he sung the first line, when a sweet female
voice, clear as ringing glass, and as hearty as the
birds of the field, joined in, and the two, in wonderful accordance
and harmony, concluded the stanza.

The congregation, for the moment entranced at the unexpected
exhibition, the instant it ceased, turned, by universal
consent, their eyes upon the innocent face of Annie,
who, suddenly perceiving the extraordinary interest she
had so unconsciously created, blushed deep crimson, and
sank back to her seat.

The reverend gentleman selected for his text, “Be
ye holy, as your Father in heaven is holy!
” and
he made it appear as if this injunction was one of the
most literal in the sacred book, one of the most imperative,
and necessary to be obeyed. He drew with tremendous
fervor the character of the Great Jehovah, stated
that none could look upon him and live, that he filled all
space, was the creator of all things, and yet desired to reside
in the heart of corrupt and fallen man,—that man, inclined
as he was to wickedness, “even as the sparks fly
upward,” was, by a holy life and godly conversation, to
render himself a fit temple, a proper temple, a worthy temple,
for this holy, just, and omnipotent Being,—and then
in a few condensed passages, he rapidly portrayed the
punishment of those who refused to obey this dread command.

The congregation was swayed to and fro, as if rocked
in a storm-driven ship; stern, unflinching men, that in the

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

hour of danger knew no fear, blanched under the burning
words, and ladies wept, and sighed, with hysterical emotion.

Suddenly Mr. Goshawk stopped, he appeared pained
at the effect he had himself produced. Lowering his voice
to a clear, heart-breaking tone, he said:—

“Brethren, think not that the minister of the Gospel
delights in harrowing your feelings. Should he consult
himself, he would only salute your ears with the dulcet
strains of mercy, but alas! wo betide the prophet who refuses
to cry out against Nineveh.

“If, my friends, you hear at the solemn hour of midnight
the heart-rending cry of fire—fire—FIRE, do you
rush into the streets, and denounce the one who gave the
alarm? no, you bless his name, and hastening on, you flee
for your life from the devouring element.

“So stand I here, crying fire—fire—to your slumbering
consciences. I would have you escape a consuming
flame, that will not only destroy your bodies, but will torment
your souls for ever Flee, I say,—like Bunyan's
Christian, put your fingers to your ears, and hasten while
you yet may, out of the City of Destruction.”

Among Mr. Goshawk's hearers was Dixon. He had,
some weeks before, come up to the vicinity of Beechland,
on business, and having been taken sick, he had, while thus
prostrated, almost literally passed through the valley and
shadow of death. The balmy weather had tempted him
into the street, and gratified by any novelty, he had strolled
into church.

While suffering from disease, he had occasionally

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

reflected upon his whole course of life, and had felt many
pangs of remorse while thinking of the past; and it was,
therefore, in a very proper disposition of mind, that he listened
to this most powerful discourse.

When the congregation separated, the different members
pursued their way homeward, and left Dixon by himself.
Although known to almost every person in the house,
no one recognized him, save by a glance. Amid all the
shaking of hands and congratulations, there were no demonstrations
of friendship, or interest, for him. In his
usual humor, he would have vented his spleen in muttered
oaths, and in a thousand recalled circumstances of fancied
power and superiority, that he had, as an offset to any neglect
he might receive; but now his spirit was broken.
There was something in Mr. Goshawk's manner and voice,
that recalled recollections of childhood, when he used to
go to church with his good old mother, and on coming
home, hear her talk of the feelings that animated her
spirit. A thousand words of good advice, a hundred
prayers for her dear child, crowded upon his weakened
brain, and he felt that he was not only despised by man,
but also abandoned by his Maker.

To such an extent was his mind excited, that he hardly
had strength to get to his lodgings, which were comfortable,
although connected with the “Head-quarters.”
Once in his room, he threw himself on the bed, and
seemed to be overcome by the communing of his thoughts;
the acts of his life appeared in review before him, and he
was shocked at the scenes of injustice, bloodshed, and

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

violence through which he had passed, and which he had
instigated.

Although Dixon was a native of Georgia, it had been
impressed upon him while still a child, not only that it was
an unpardonable thing to buy and sell his fellow-beings,
but, also, that it was sinful even to hold slaves. Dixon's
mother was a strict Methodist, and she had been inspired
by this feeling in her youth, by the teachings of parents,
who claimed, while sitting under the unction of John Wesley's
preaching, and listening to his voice “`face to face,'
that they had been converted from the error of their ways,
and convinced of the sin of holding slaves.” These were
the impressions left by a mother upon the mind of Dixon,
and as every reminiscence of his life, that was pleasant to
dwell upon, was associated with that mother, so also were
the impressions she left most vivid and most binding on
his conscience. And these early instructions now came
upon him with tenfold force, as the only legacy, and only
remembered councils and obligations of one, whom,
clouded as was his conscience in other things, he still revered
as a sainted being.

While in this mental agony, Dixon's friend, Puckett,
who had so faithfully nursed him through his long sickness,
came into his room, with a pack of cards and a
couple of tumblers in one hand, and a bottle of whiskey
in the other, and setting them down on the table near by,
he turned to Dixon, and said:

“Come, old fel', I have brought you up some `picters,'
and also something to drink, for you see you can stand a

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

little now, and I thought as how you'd like to have a game
of `old sledge,' just to pass away time.”

“I'm too sick to play, Puckett, and too weak to drink!
some other time!” said Dixon, the perspiration starting
on his brow, both from excitement and weakness.

“Bah!” said Puckett, moving a small table into the
middle of the floor; “you don't s'pose,” he continued,
“I've been a mother to you for these three weeks, not to
know what you can stand. Drink a little, any how, is my
motter; and drink a good deal if you can, is my other
motter. Come now, fotch up your chair, and let's high,
low, Jack, and the game,” and Puckett gave the cards,
or “picters,” as he called them, a scientific shuffle.

“I can't play to-day,” said Dixon, peevishly, and astonished,
himself, at the repugnance he felt; “I can't play,
for,” he continued, “you know it's Sunday, Puckett.”

At this remark the Kentuckian put down the cards,
and laying back in his chair, and thrusting his legs far
under the table, he broke out into repeated bursts of laughter;
tears streamed down his cheeks, and at last he rolled
his head from side to side, as if he was too full, and could
not get relief. He found words, however, finally, and said:

“Dixon, by the Lord you will be the death of me—
Sunday! that's a good one; can't play 'cause it's Sunday,”
and Puckett again went off into hysterical laughter, repeating,
“Dixon, you are too funny! Oh! that—that's
too good—too good.”

“But I'm serious,” said Dixon, greatly annoyed.

“That's the very thing!” said Puckett, sticking the
pack of cards in his mouth, to keep from breaking out

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

again. “You see that's the joke, one would s'pose you was
in real 'arnest,” and again he rolled about in his chair, and
pushed his fists into his aching sides.

“Puckett,” said Dixon, when that worthy had become
somewhat quiet; “Puckett, don't go down stairs and blow
on me, but I tell you the truth now, when I say I'm going
to reform. I'll do it, Puckett, and you may laugh as
much as you please.”

“He he—ha ha!” cachinated that worthy, but as he
looked up, and saw the pale and excited face of Dixon
for the first time, a feeling of alarm came over him, and
rising up, he said:

“Why, what's the matter, old boy, you look as white as
milk and water?”

“Did you never think about dying, Puckett, or any
thing of that sort?” inquired Dixon, at a loss to know how
to get his naturally good-hearted companion serious.

“Thought about dying?” mechanically echoed he.
“Why, yes, I thought about it once, when I got out of tobacker,
but I don't recollect any other time.”

“Did you never think, Puckett, about another world,
and what will become of us if we go on breaking Sunday,
playing cards and drinking?—I have thought of these
things. I've laid here on my back for days and nights
and been full of thinking. I've been a bad man, Ben.
I've seen sights in this very room that have made my
brain cold; it's awful, Puckett, awful!” and Dixon's face
settled into black despair.

“What did you see, Jim?” asked Puckett, perfectly
at a loss to understand the slave-trader's feelings.

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

“I've seen dead nigger women,” said Dixon in reply
screetchin to me for their children—I've seen nigger men
praying for their lives—I've seen whole gangs of niggers,
with their backs all blood, their eyes all sunken, pointing
their long skinny fingers at me, and they keep on doing it
whenever I'm alone!”

“You must have manyaporter,” said Ben, with a kind
of soothing voice. “Didn't you see rats?” he continued,
with an equivocal smile, and looking archly at Dixon.
“Why, Jim Ruggles, after he had his last frolic, seed
the devil; he told me so himself; said he looked like a
rattlesnake forty feet long, twisted all around his body,
with his soft jawed and infarnal open mouth pat up agin his
face, tongue, pizen-hooks and all; so seeing niggers is nothing,”
and Puckett looked at Dixon under the impression
that he had conveyed much consolation by his remarks.

“I wish that I could see a snake, or any thing, Puckett,
but niggers.” I'm afraid of niggers,” and as Dixon said
this, he nervously clutched his rude but sympathizing companion
by the shoulder.

“Is there a living nigger as can scare Jim Dixon?”
asked Ben scornfully, and somewhat confounded at the exhibition
he had witnessed.

“No,” said Dixon in a hissing whisper, “not a living
nigger, Puckett, they can't scare me; it's dead niggers as
claws at my vitals,” and as the invalid said this, he fell in
a fainting fit back on his pillow.

Ben instinctively lifted Dixon up, chafed his temples,
and the moment that he displayed returning consciousness,
gave him some water. The sick man slowly came to

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

himself, and after staring vaguely about, begged Ben to put
away the cards and bottle; close the window blinds and set
down by his bed, while he tried to rest.

It was not long before Dixon fell into a lethargic sleep,
when Ben quietly stepped away, and proceeded to the bar-room,
where sat Busteed and three or four of his patrons,
engaged in one of their usual games of chance.

As the Kentuckian presented himself, Busteed laid down
“his hand,” and with unfeigned astonishment asked:

“What's the matter? Puckett, you look as sickly as a
glass of lemonade.”

“Do I?” said the `mother,' who unconsciously to himself,
still bore traces of his excitement at witnessing Dixon's
sufferings—“do I look white? well, that's a good one;
and what do you suppose is the reason?” said Puckett, addressing
the men before him in a mysterious voice.

“Can't say,” was the universal reply.

“Well, boys, you see,” said he, in almost a whisper,
“Dixon's tuck too much; he's got the tremens bad, very
bad; he's seen black ghosts, what do you think of that?”

“I think it's humbug,” said Busteed, and with his companions
he resumed his game.

“Maybe it is,” half soliloquized Puckett, as he turned
away—“maybe it is,” and then he walked up and down
the room, for the first time in his life in profound reflection,
and honestly wondering what the trader did mean.

Dixon slowly recovered his strength of body, but not
his peace of mind. Unable to go much about, he was left
to the solitude of his own chamber, where he reviewed the
past events of his life, and determined, so far as it was in

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

his power, to reform his manner and conversation, and also
to make such reparation as was possible, for the crimes he
had committed in the pursuit of his business.

On the plea of indisposition, he carefully abstained from
the company of his former boon companions; and he was
not a person to be intruded upon when he expressed a distaste
for society. In his solitude, he looked forward with
considerable interest to the services of the coming Sunday;
having a vivid, but undefined impression from what he had
heard, that there was a necessity, not only for morality but
for holiness, he earnestly desired to learn the way that such
a high degree of perfection could be reached,—at the moment,
no definite way of propitiation presented itself, but
liberal charities and alms.

-- 200 --

p726-211 CHAPTER XVII. DIXON ACQUIRES PEACE OF MIND.

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

The Sabbath morning appointed for Mr. Goshawk's second
discourse, was one of the most delightful that ever shone
upon Beechland. Mr. Goshawk was late in coming; he had
been, against his inclination, detained on the road, and although
this caused considerable uneasiness among the mass
of the congregation, it left Dixon more time to thoroughly
collect his ideas, and prepare himself according to his own
notions for the services of the day.

On the previous Sabbath, occasion had been taken by
Governor, to extend his acquaintance among the servants
out of doors, who, like himself, were occupied by the light
labor of looking after their master's vehicles. A group of
carriage drivers had huddled themselves beneath the shade
of a wide-spreading oak, and there they sat in cosy and
confidential conversation.

Among the group was Mr. Moreton's Quash, a fellow
celebrated among his own race as a wit, and he kept his
auditors in constant laughter, only suppressed by the vicinity
of white folks in the church.

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

Quash, finding that the minister did not arrive at the
time expected, insensibly became animated, and putting his
hard hand upon the head of a negro sitting next to him,
said:

“Gentlem, I expose to gib you, widout furder circumloquation,
a toast”—general attention was paid; “now I
wishes to know who owns dis ere eight-hundred-dollar nigger
carriage-driver, belonging to Widow Hartshorn?”

“Why, his missus owns him,” said the outsiders all at
once.

“Who owns dis nigger, called Monday?” repeated
Quash, looking triumphantly around.

“Why, missus owns me,” said Monday, getting rather
annoyed at being made a butt.

“Dus it is, gentlem,” said Quashee, “dat de niggers
run about in dese supersilious days, and like de poor white
man don't know who owns him, consequentially, dis culered
gentlem am so ignoramus dat he aint awar' dat he is prepossessed
by de very gentlem, dat is to minister de consolizations
of de good book to de sinners dis day.”

This significant allusion to the possible relation the
comical-looking Monday might bear toward Mr. Goshawk,
was received by Quash's auditors with a burst of laughter
which might have continued apparently until now, had not
a carriage, rapidly driven, scattered them from the immediate
front of the church door; out of which descended the
reverend gentleman, and the family of the planter at whose
house he was the temporary guest.

The little church was at an early hour crowded to its
utmost capacity, and in an obscure corner, among the

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

listeners, sat Dixon, his face beaming with expectation and
interest; he was for the moment transported back to the
days of his boyhood innocence, the active scenes of his life
in the long years that had since passed had faded from his
mind, and a future, sanctified by good resolves, alone occupied
his thoughts.

The preliminary services having been concluded, the Rev.
Mr. Goshawk rose and stated, that he should that day found
his sermon on part of the second verse of the thirteenth
chapter of Paul's Epistle to the Romans: “Whosoever
therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of
God.

In his preliminary remarks, he stated that he presumed
the institution of Slavery was most absorbing to their minds,
and that therefore he had concluded to confine himself to its
scripture view. That he had more recently been on at the
North, and had been compelled to have his attention drawn
to the important subject, by its agitation among the people
he had so recently visited.

At this announcement Dixon turned fairly pale, and
was obliged to disguise his excitement by leaning his head
upon the slip before him. His next impulse was to leave
the church, for he shrunk, in his then humor, from having
the full enormity of his crimes drawn by the powerful eloquence
of the preacher; but recovering himself, he determined
to receive the reproof in store for him with a penitent
spirit, and as part of the penalty he had to pay, for,
as he thought, “his many sins.”

“Slavery,” continued Mr. Goshawk, “is the oldest institution
relating to the government of men that exists in

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

the world. The Jewish people, among whom it was established
as an accessory of their civilization (by the Almighty,
because they were his chosen people), have politically
passed away, but the institution remains. It was ingrafted
upon the world and humanity, the moment the surging
waters of the deluge subsided and left the dry land to appear.
For it was even then that the decree went forth
that the children of Ham should be bondsmen for ever; yet
in the face of this startling truth, so intimately interwoven
with the second creation of the world, do people professing
to be Christians, profanely attempt to put their hand upon
the Ark, and by their weakness would arrest the decrees
of a just, though inscrutable Providence.”

Dixon, as these announcements one after another struck
his ears, was perfectly overcome with astonishment. He
rubbed his eyes, as if trying to wake up from a sound sleep—
an expression of incredulity rested upon his face, and he
looked around, as if to satisfy himself that he was not
dreaming.

“Again I ask, if slavery were this terrible evil, would
the men selected by our Saviour, to carry the everlasting
gospel to the uttermost parts of the earth, allowed it to go
uncondemned? Could these martyrs to the truth be charged
with moral cowardice? No! for men, most all of whom
were slain alive in defence of their cherished principles,
could have had no fear. The apostles, if they had been
anti-slavery men, would have cried aloud, where the evil
existed, and not like these modern disorganizers, abused
and vilified the slaveholder, when not only out of the way
of all usefulness but of all responsibility.

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

“The laws of God, touching the subject of slavery, are
spread as clearly through every part of the Scriptures as
are the stars in the firmament of heaven. Human reason
may do battle against them, but the only result will be the
most glaring manifestation of mortal weakness. The institution
of slavery, from its divine origin, must continue
so long as sin shall have a tendency to lead to death, so
long as Jehovah shall rule and exercise the attributes of
mercy to fallen, degraded man.

“If slavery,” continued the preacher, “was a thing as
bad as its ignorant enemies represent, why are the Scriptures
so silent as to denunciations. Innumerable chapters
can be found justifying it, regulating it, yet no commands
that it should not exist. In Genesis, we have a pleasing
record of the ameliorating influence of slavery even in those
early times. `Judah said unto his brethren, what profit
is it if we slay our brother and conceal his blood? Come,
let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be
upon him.' The saving of the life of Joseph was the consequence,
and following it came all the blessings that through
him flowed toward the children of Israel. We are also to
notice, brethren, that the holding of slaves, in Jacob's day,
was neither illegal nor uncommon. We are, therefore, not
surprised that history gives us to understand, that in the
golden streets of Jerusalem were to be found the mart for
slaves. I can imagine the patriarchs of old, as do now our
noble planters, trafficking for servants, and selecting with
care those which best answered their purposes.

“In later and more glorious days, the streets of Rome,
and those of every dependency of that great republic

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

swarmed with slaves. They were at times butchered without
mercy, thrown to wild beasts for amusement, and were even
used by epicures, as food for their petted fishes. Yet our
Saviour, blessed be his name, raised not his voice against
the institution, and the apostles exerted their influence, as
in the case of Onesimus, to return not only runaways to
their masters, but to frequently exhort them to be obedient
for the glory of God.

“What,” continued Mr. Goshawk, “is the position of
the slaveholder? He is the true patriarch; the parent
of a large family; his duties are sacred; he not only has
the bodies but the souls of men in his keeping; he educates
and religiously instructs his dependants; if they are sick,
he nurses them; if naked, he clothes them; and if borne
down by age and infirmities provides a support and finds a
retreat for them. Unlike the employer of the free laborer,
his care never ceases, it does not stop the moment the recipient
is no longer pecuniarily useful.

“And here, brethren, it is forced upon me to make
those personal applications of our discourse, that naturally
arise in considering this interesting theme. It is charged
against us, that our peculiar institutions encourage cruelty
to the negro. How absurd and unchristian is this scandal.
Imperatively commanded by the Holy Book to buy slaves,
we are also enjoined by the same Holy injunction, to keep
them in obedience. The divine law shows internal evidence
of its high origin, by providing for the punishment
of slaves with rods, and asserts, that if the slave die in a
day or two after his beating, yet his owner shall not be punished,
because he can appropriate to his own use, his

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

manservant or his maid-servant, and his ox, and his ass, and
any thing that is his.

“Are we immaculate? are we not subject to excitements
like unto other men? Is it wonderful, that having, by
Providence, the great responsibility of slave-holding put
upon us, that we should in the administration of our sacred
office, sometimes, in moments of excitement, punish not
more severely than the law permits, but more than our interests
justify? Moses, who was denominated the meekest
of men, in a fit of passion threw down the hand-of-God-inscribed
tablets of the law; cannot, therefore, a fatal blow
to a degraded negro be passed by in silence? Peter, who
was evidently of a southern disposition, of a chivalrous,
noble temperament, in the very presence of our Saviour, on
the impulse of the moment, drew his sword, and smote
the servant of the high priest. That a master, provoked
beyond endurance, should do worse to that which he owns
and has bought with a price, should be set down to the
amiable and redeeming traits of humanity, rather than to
the indulgence of improper and brutalizing passions.

“Brethren, we are charged in the South with assisting
in affrays, duels, and murders. I need not say that these
slanders need no refutation. Look at the annals of crime
of the immaculate North,—the crime of every day,—and
ours sink in petty incidents, compared with the enormity of
these free people. We are charged with encouraging
duelling; but when did a high standard of honor injure the
unregenerate heart? As a clergyman, commissioned to
preach peace and good will to all men, I condemn the
practice; but if the grace of God prevails not, better that

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

the passions should be regulated by rules accepted of by
the educated and refined, than be left to riot in unrestrained
wickedness of the natural heart.

“We are charged with not being as good as our neighbors.
Our brethren of the North have gone into the
temple, and thanked God that they are not as other men;
announced that they do not oppress,—that they are given
to alms. For all they have done in sincerity, Heaven be
praised; but I will simply say, in answer to such hypocrisy,
that our Southern piety is unobtrusive.

“If the windy work of blowing trumpets at the corners
of the streets,—if vociferation, and noise, are the evidences
of religion, we are lost; but Southern Christians
`do good in secret,' that they may in abundant crops,
and increasing wealth, be rewarded openly. Our ministers
compare favorably for learning and zeal with any
North; and if we are not given to sectarian controversy,—
if there be a quiet calm in the various churches in our
midst,—we have not to blush at beholding the fanatical
evidences of misguided and misdirected zeal.

“But, brethren, why dwell upon the unnecessary and
needlessly imposed task of defending ourselves against the
folly of fanatics and envy of irreligious men?—let us turn
and contemplate our glorious destiny, and remember, that
we have been singled out by Providence, as were the
children of Israel in olden times, to be his peculiar people.
The Southern Christians are chosen as the instruments
for the greatest and sublimest Christian revolution ever
achieved by mortal being. When the poor African was
landed on our coast, the slave-robbers did not know that

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

their apparently evil deeds were to be made to praise God;
yet such was verily the case. We have but to stand still
and see the salvation of the Lord, and the glory that will
come up out of Jerusalem.

“In the glowing and eloquent language of a beloved
brother, `I feel satisfied with the tendencies of things.' I
stand upon the mountain-peak, above the clouds. I
see far beyond the storm, the calm sea, and the blue sky.
I see the Canaan of the African. I stand there on the
Nebo of his exodus, and look across not the Jordan, but
the Atlantic.

“I gaze as did Moses from Mount Pisgah over into
the promised land; I see the ocean divided by a great
wind, and piled up in walls of green glittering glass on
either hand; and through this crystal avenue the children
of Ham are crossing upon dry ground,—the marching
host amid the pillar of cloud and fire. I look over the
Niger, black with death, to the white man—instinct with
life to the children of Ham. There is the black man's
home; there, is his father's land,—there will he exhibit
his own type of Christianity. Verily, verily! this emancipated
race may rival the most amiable form of spiritual
life, and the jewel may glitter upon the Ethiop's brow, in
meaning more sublime than all the poet's imagery.

“Brethren, in the ordering of events, the African will
go,—the ocean will separate,—the miracle will be accomplished;
but let us remember, that we are potter's clay in
the hands of an overruling power,—the chosen instruments
of great good; and let us encourage in our hearts that simple
childlike faith, that makes us satisfied with things as

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

they are, and willing to leave the future to the care of an
all-wise and merciful Providence.”

Never, probably, was there a discourse uttered by a
human voice, that had a more powerful effect upon an
auditor, than did Goshawk's upon Dixon. He had taken
his place in the congregation an hour or two before with a
wan face, sunken, careworn eyes, and debilitated frame;
he now walked forth absolutely changed in his physical as
well as moral constitution. A new light had broken in
upon his mind; he was clay in the hands of the potter,—a
blind instrument for doing good. He had gone to church,
feeling that he was in the slough of despondency, but was
now conscious that, under the enlightened influences of
“the sanctuary,” his burden had rolled from off his soul;
and in the exuberance of his new view of things, he absolutely
snapped his fingers over his head, and took one or
two steps that gave promise, if their style had been continued,
that the spectator would have had a very good
idea of a country jig.

The “Head-quarters” on the morning of Mr. Goshawk's
sermon had been unusually dull; as Busteed
remarked, “The Sunday races, down at Sawyer's, always
tuck away some of his customers, but the flare-up at the
church coming on at the same time, he was doing nothing
at all.” Even Puckett for a while deserted the popular
resort, and walking over to the church, thrust his head
in at the door, and got, what he said, was the “milk in
the cocoanut;” and not waiting for the closing ceremonies,
he rushed back to Busteed's, and leaning over the bar,
commenced quite an animated description of what he had

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

heard. As Puckett proceeded, Busteed, who was busy
wiping tumblers with a rag, startled by some assertion
of Puckett's, exclaimed:

“Oh, nonsense, Goshawk didn't pile it on so thick as
that, did he?”

“Yes, he did, though,” returned Puckett, emphatically;
“and the parson went it even a little stronger,
for he made out Dixon and sich like to be rigler missionaries
of the gospel.”

At that instant Dixon stepped into the bar-room. His
improved appearance, and genial manner, compared with
an hour or two before, struck both the landlord and Puckett;
the latter, unable to contain his gratification, remarked:

“Major, you look better than you did this morning—
you must be getting well.”

“I am better,” said Dixon, emphatically; “I've got
clear of them confounded pains, that's troubled me so
much: I am now as good as new, and we'll take a drink to
celebrate the fact.”

-- 211 --

p726-222 CHAPTER XVIII. DEATH OF JACK.

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

Near sunset, Toadvine left the “Head-quarters,” and
rode toward the jail. He was exceedingly intoxicated,
which always made him savage; but, in addition to this,
he had been literally swindled out of a considerable sum
of money at cards,—and this fact goaded him to fury.

The jail was situated on the suburbs of the town, and
was reached by going over a ravine, or, as similar obstructions
are termed, “a wash.” In ordinarily dry weather,
there was no difficulty in crossing the ravine, but heavy
and continuous rains had made it saddle-girth deep in
mud; and as Toadvine attempted to rush his horse
through the conglomerated mass, the poor animal stuck
fast,—when, being assailed by blows and oaths, in struggling
to extricate himself he fell upon his side, and tumbled
his rider “heels-over-head” in the slough. Toadvine
was now furious, and as he pulled away at his horse's
bridle, he loaded the very air with his fearful imprecations.
The animal, released of his rider's weight, recovered
his feet, and, by repeated plunges, reached the solid
earth.

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

The negroes confined in the jail, hearing the noise,
huddled about the heavy iron-grated window, and were
highly amused at what they saw. They made many
rough jokes at Toadvine's expense, any one of which if it
had reached his ears, in his then humor, would have made
him stark, staring mad. Meanwhile, the dogs within the
picketed inclosure of the jail commenced furiously barking,
and gnashing their teeth through the openings of the
fence,—thereby giving additional spirit to the scene.

Toadvine hitched his horse to an old whipping-post
near by; and as soon as he could reach the entrance of the
jail, the keeper anticipated his coming by opening the
door. Toadvine and the jailer saluted after the manner
of old friends, and then disappeared within the precincts
of the old building.

It was with a great deal of difficulty that Toadvine
could be reconciled to his disagreeable accident; while
scolding about it to the jailer, he picked up a piece of
cypress shingle from the floor, and pettishly scraped the
mud from his clothes,—every moment becoming more excited
in his indignation. He abused the road inspectors,—
abused the jail,—and the world generally, and Jack in
particular and especially.

The jailer finally, however, reduced him to quiet, by
producing an old stone jug from a cleft in the heavy timber
walls; and giving Toadvine a broken tumbler, and
taking a gourd himself, he poured out a liberal allowance
of whiskey, and giving the highly original toast, “Better
luck next time,” the twain touched “glasses” with due
solemnity, and drank off the contents.

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

The jailer, still bent on mollifying his guest, now produced
an immense plug of tobacco, and handing it to
Toadvine, told him to take a piece, remarking, in a half
playful way, that “that tobacker was sent him 'way from
Old Virginny, by a gentleman that had two runaways in jail
with him for near about a year.”

“And what the hell did he send that to you for, after
keeping his niggers so long?” growled Toadvine, twisting
off a large piece of the weed.

“Because,” said the jailer, with a professional smile,
“I sent him a paper marked around with ink, so he could
tell whar was his property.”

“And he was from Virginny, was he?” inquired
Toadvine, giving his clothes a rub down with the shingle.

“He was,” said the jailer, emphatically.

“And a F. F. V.,” snarled Toadvine, as he discovered
a large “splotch” of mud, heretofore unperceived, over the
calf of his leg.

“I don't know whether he was or not,” said the jailer,
producing an old greasy playing-card. “Here,” he continued,
without paying further attention to Toadvine, “is
the charges agin Mr. Mildmay, for 'resting Jack;” and he
read off the back of a playing-card as follows:

“To Mr. Stubbs, who tuck him up,—two forty-five.

“Jutasses feez, for committin,—a `V.'

“Bored fore daze,—wun twenty; makin a sum total
of ait dollars and seventy sents: and not much neither as
the times goze.”

“Not much,” said Toadvine, taking out his claspknife,
and picking a bit of tobacco leaf from between his

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

front teeth with the blade; “not much,” he repeated, as
if in deep reflection, and then went on: “Well, maybe it
an't; but if I had a nigger as run away, and cost me eight
dollars and seventy cents, if I didn't work it out of his
hide, with interest to boot, I hope I may turn nigger myself.”

And the sincerity with which he made this protestation
can be appreciated, when it is known that it closed with
Toadvine's climacteric figure of speech, if he wished to
be considered particularly in earnest.

Toadvine now pulled out a ten dollar gold-piece, and
giving it to the jailer, told the functionary to take his
change.

The jailer found some difficulty in accomplishing his
object, as he had nothing but three half dollar pieces in his
pocket. After considerable discussion, and another drink
of whiskey, it was decided that Toadvine should throw
“heads and tails” for the piece of money in dispute—
whereupon that gentleman took the coin, and resting it on
the side of the fore finger of the right hand, and placing his
thumb underneath it, he emphatically observed:

“Now mark—heads I win, tails you lose,” and then he
sent the silver whirling in the air.

The coin struck the floor with a ringing noise, and
Toadvine bent over to see the result, for it was now getting
dark in the jail; rising up suddenly from his stooping
attitude, he gave the innocent cause of offence a kick
with his foot that sent it spinning across the floor, and then
with a great oath he swore that he had “lost all day,” and
pulling a revolver out of his pocket and examining

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

the caps, he moodily told the jailer to “bring down that
infernal nigger, for he was going home.”

Now Jack, who had been, with his fellow-prisoners,
very much amused, as we have already stated, at the floundering
of Toadvine in the mire, was perfectly unconscious
that it was the overseer, and it was not until some time
after, when he recognized the horse hitched in front of the
jail, that the whole truth flashed upon him.

In an instant he seemed to comprehend his situation,
and uttering the exclamation, “Oh Master! what will become
of poor Jack now?” he sunk down upon the floor
the very picture of despair.

“And what's de matter wid you, Jack?” inquired his
humble friends in bondage.

“Oh Lord! oh Lord!” said the poor fellow, wringing
his hands, “it's Mr. Toadvine dats come for me. He's de
man as druv me from home,—he's de man dat got my wife
away,—he's de man as will kill me yet;” and again Jack
buried his head between his knees, and the tears rained
upon the floor.

The sympathy for Jack, expressed by his fellow-prisoners,
was deeply touching. Helpless themselves, yet feeling
the full force of their companion's situation, and too ignorant
to express the emotions of their hearts, they stood
around him in silent agony, in which position they remained
until they heard the huge key rattling in the lock, and
the chain unfastened from the door.

“Here Jack,” said the jailer, without noticing the boy's
expression of face, “gather up your duds, and get down
stairs, you scoundrel.” The boy silently obeyed and left

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

the cell; “and now,” said he, turning around to his remaining
prisoners, as he was about closing the door after him,
“don't let me hear any more of that pslam singing to-night
about “Jesus ready stands to save you,” and all that sort
o' thing, because it's damn nonsense, and I'll have no noise
anyhow after the nine o'clock bell rings, and if I hear any,
I'll come up and make you shout hallelujah to a tune
you never larnt at camp meetin';” and with this advice
he locked the door and secured the chain, then putting
the gold eagle received from Toadvine into the bottom
of a long leather purse, he drummed accompaniment with
his huge key on the wall, to Hail Columbia, happy land,
which he whistled with great effect as he went down stairs.

Jack, meantime, stood in the presence of his worst enemy.
Toadvine glared upon him with his bloodshot eyes,
until the knees of the boy gave way from fear, and he sank
upon the floor.

“None of your skulking,” fairly roared Toadvine; “none
of your gammoning me, you infernal black sop. So you
run away, did you, 'cause you could n't bear to have me
whip you? That's for treating you like a lamb. “But,”
he continued, growing white with anger, “Ill cure you of
your tricks to-night 'fore I get you home, and if your whining,
half Yankee master don't like it, he can settle next
day, and get somebody else to whip his niggers for him;”
and Toadvine fairly spun about like a top, with the violence
of his passion.

The jailer, as if it were a customary thing, now opened
a box, sitting in one corner of the room, on which was
marked in great plainness the magical letters “U. S.” It

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

had evidently been originally used for packing Springfield
Armory muskets in, and taking therefrom a coil of rope,
he handed it to Toadvine, who, without any apparent consideration
as to the length he wanted, cut off a piece and
gave the remainder back to the jailer; then stepping up
to Jack, he struck him a severe blow with the cord across
his shoulders, and ordering him to hold up his head, commenced
tying the boy around the neck.

“What are you going to do?” inquired the jailer,
with some little surprise.

“Take this feller home; any thing to say agin it?” said
Toadvine, the very act of touching Jack's neck inflaming
still more his tiger passions.

“Nothing more,” said the jailer, placing his hand on
the large bowie-knife he carried in his breast, and eyeing
Toadvine with hostile meaning; “Nothing more—only
`civil tongues is best for health,' and I think you'd better tie
that boy with his elbers behind him, instead of 'round the
neck.”

Toadvine was cowed, but again feeling disposed to give
way to his passion, which, suppressed against the jailer,
burst with increased fury upon the head of the victim now
so completely in his power.

“I think,” said Toadvine, leading the boy away and
measuring the effect of his words, “I think I understand
my business with niggers.”

“Well, I 'spect you do,” replied the jailer, closing the
door on Toadvine and Jack, and then locking it on the inside,
he proceeded with due deliberation to shut up his establishment
for the night.

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

Toadvine once out of doors, drove Jack ahead of him
while still holding him fast by the rope, and thus the two
proceeded until the boy reached the overseer's horse, which
he respectfully held until the man mounted. Toadvine
then fastened the end of the rope in his hand to the pommel
of the Spanish saddle, and with the quickness of
thought gave his horse the spurs.

The animal jumped, and had it not been that Jack was
still at his head, would in that spring probably have broken
the boy's neck; as it was it nearly threw him to the ground,
but he recovered himself, and leaping forward kept by the
side of the rider. In another moment, Toadvine was again
floundering in the `wash.' Jack instantly seized the horse's
head, and by main strength pulled him through. The moment
that Toadvine felt the solid earth, he again spurred
on the animal, and in the haze of the evening he was recognized
as he passed through the streets of Beechland,
going at a killing pace, with a negro boy almost undistinguishable
in the gloom, following close in his rear.

-- 219 --

p726-230 CHAPTER XIX. THE EXCITEMENT OF THE HOUR.

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

On the morning following Toadvine's visit to the jail, the
citizens living in the neighborhood of Beechland, were
shocked by discovering on the very edge of the town, the
mutilated body of a dead negro, and it seemed more than
probable that a murder had been committed. The neck
of the deceased was not only broken, but the bones thereof
had evidently been torn asunder; and with such force, as
to elongate the persistent muscles. A piece of rope that
had evidently been rudely severed with a sharp knife, was
still around his neck, and upon farther examination, a deep
indentation could be traced for a considerable distance,
along the road, showing how far the body had been dragged
upon the ground.

It happened to be that day of the week, when the
planters of the vicinity, by general consent, meet in town,
not only to transact business, but also for social intercourse,
and very soon a large number of the most substantial
citizens of the surrounding country, were standing in

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

excited groups in proximity to the body, and all engaged
in deep and earnest conversation about the mystery.

The “coroner” had been summoned; a jury was quickly
obtained—an inquest held—and the prompt verdict was,
that the deceased negro came to his death by violence
at the hands of some person or persons unknown.

This done, the body was taken to the court-house, and
laid out upon the porch, in hopes that some one would
identify it.

About ten o'clock, the jailer had finished his morning
work, of letting the negroes get their own breakfast, while
he fed his dogs, with such other duties as occurred, when
he thrust a cigar in his mouth, and his hands in his
pockets, and leaving his charge in the care of a deputy,
he started out to learn the news of the day, and prepared
to take an active part in a political discussion, or a game
of cards, the only two excitements he allowed himself
openly to indulge in.

And it so happened as he passed along, that he came
across a group of citizens in deep and earnest conversation
and he knew at once that something more than usual “was
in the wind.”

“There goes Orcutt the jailer,” said Gen. Bledsoe, the
most popular and influential man in the community; and
continued he, “Orcutt is well acquainted in town, and perhaps
he might give us some clew to this strange matter,”
and with the universal approval of all present, Orcutt was
called into the conference.

This notice pleased the jailer, and as he came toward
the group, he decided in his own mind that they were

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

going to ask him, either if he hadn't a pleasant room in
the jail where a game of `brag' could be played, or else,
that he would go over to the Head-quarters and take a
drink, and he couldn't tell which—but he determined to be
affable, in either case.

“Orcutt,” said Gen. Bledsoe, after the salutations of
meeting were over, “we called you over here, to ask what
you think of this murder that was committed last night?”

“Haven't heard a word of it,” said Orcutt, his suspicions
however prompting him to believe that he knew all
the history.

“You haven't heard of it!” exclaimed two or three
voices at once; “why, what have you been doing this morning?”

“Nothing but looking after the `stone jug,'” said Orcutt,
with a sort of injured look, “nothing else.”

“The fact is,” continued Gen. Bledsoe, “a negro boy was
killed last night just a few hundred yards from the jail”—

“Up the old bayou road”—involuntarily suggested
Orcutt.

“The same,” said the general, exchanging glances
of intelligence with the gentlemen in the crowd.

“Well, let me see the body,” said the jailer, who instantly
became an object of suspicious interest, and the
party walked towards the court-house.

“The body of Jack, as we have stated, had been laid
upon the court-house steps. An infirm old negro, who had,
years agone, become useless as a servant, and earned a precarious
living in the town, had, in the natural goodness of
her heart, washed off the mud from the body, and disposing

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

of it in a decent manner, had covered it with a sheet, and
sat by, a sincere mourner for the memory and misfortunes
of one of her race.

“And who is it, aunty?” said Gen. Bledsoe, addressing
the old negress kindly, “do you know the face?”

“Bress you, no, master;” and turning to the corpse, she
muttered, “he's done gone to heav'n now, dat's one comfort,”
and then instinctively moved away from the immediate
presence of the white people.

Orcutt was exceedingly annoyed that, by an unguarded
expression, he had made his suspicions a matter of interest,
for he did not wish to have the responsibility of recognizing
the body, and probable arrest of the murderer,
thrown upon his shoulders. Holding his office at the
mercy of political partisans, it instantly occurred to him,
that the enmity of Toadvine and his friends, if united at
any future time against him at the polls, could secure his
removal, and he was exceedingly embarrassed at the position
in which he found himself.

Now the usually most talkative man in the community
was in the crowd, but from the time he heard of the murder,
he had been as dumb as a mouse. This gentleman
was Maj. Trimmer, “the great criminal lawyer and active
politician” of the surrounding country; he knew that he
had a client somewhere in the parish, as soon as he saw
Jack's body, and was then actually looking out for his
“retaining fee.”

He discovered Orcutt's embarrassment, and tucking
that worthy under the arm, he led him a step aside, and

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

remarked, “You needn't say any thing to criminate yourself,
even if such a thing were possible.”

“I'd nothing to do with it,” said Orcutt doggedly, “but
you'll give me a letter major, in case it is ever necessary,
that what I do say is under compulsion.”

“Certainly I will,” said the major, shaking Orcutt
by the hand.

Orcutt returned to the group of inquirers, and carelessly
throwing back the old sheet from the face of the
corpse, examined the swollen and ghastly lineaments for a
moment, and said:—

“As I expected, its —” but before he could say
more, Gen. Bledsoe suddenly seized him by the shoulder,
and with great emphasis exclaimed:

“You know the negro, and you believe he was murdered?”
Orcutt was about to resist such rude treatment,
but the eyes of too many resolute men were upon him, who
evidently sympathized with the general's conduct.

“I think I know the negro, and I believe that he was
killed,” said Orcutt, looking confused.

“And why did you ask if the murder was committed
in the bayou road, when you claimed to have heard nothing
about it,” asked a very matter of fact planter, thrusting
his nose into Orcutt's face.

“Don't speak as you value life,” whispered Bledsoe,
becoming every moment more excited, “don't speak until
I tell you.”

Orcutt was then pushed aside, as it were, and he was
instantly surrounded by the most influential persons present,
among whom there was an astonishing display of

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

bowie-knives and pistols; and this significant group, by a
kind of tacit consent, no one but the initiated approached.

The news spread that a clew to the murder had been
obtained, and crowds began to collect about the court-house;
men, and boys, and negroes, could be seen coming
from every direction to the common focus, all excited and
all curious. The keeper of the “Head-quarters” adjoining
the seat of justice, was in ecstasies, and this was displayed
in a professional way, for, rushing behind his bar, he commenced
cleaning his glasses, feeling assured that very soon
his “groceries” would be in even unusual demand.

“And now, Mr. Orcutt,” said Gen. Bledsoe, looking at
his compeers, and letting go his hold on the jailer, “now,
sir, we will hear your story.”

Without ceremony, Orcutt gave a very truthful account
of things connected with Jack's leaving the jail; as he
progressed with his story, many of his listeners became
livid with rage, and deep and bitter were the subdued execrations
that fell upon Toadvine's head.

Orcutt soon discovered how popular feeling was going,
and he began to artfully exaggerate things already dreadful;
he felt that Toadvine's power had gone, and therefore, to
conciliate the influence of the overseer was no longer a
matter of importance.

As soon as the full force of Toadvine's conduct was understood,
there was a universal clamor for his arrest and
prompt punishment. The feeling was more than usually
strong, from the fact, that recently two or three slave murders
had been committed, only a little less atrocious than the case
under consideration; and in truth, so great was the

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

excitement, that there was evidently a strong under-current, demanding
more summary proceedings than could be had by
due course of law. Many persons whispered apart—Gen.
Bledsoe was constantly consulted; individuals would leave
the select throng, and go over to the court-house group,
and whispering to different men, of repulsive and hang-dog
appearance, lead them within the centre of the deliberative
body; men, whose long beards and dissipated faces
marked them as “the desperadoes of the community.”

Every now and then some one would, after being whispered
to by Gen. Bledsoe, leave, and presently return
with a double-barrelled fowling-piece or musket. The
sheriff also made his appearance, and was uncommonly active
to find some justice of the peace, to get out a warrant,
for he regretted that he could do nothing, “unless especially
instructed by a proper officer.”

It was soon evident that one universal feeling had settled
down upon the crowd. Some three or four who had
been active in the deliberations, were already mounted, as
if bent on a hasty journey, when one of the younger men
of the party rose in his saddle, and speaking in a loud
voice, said:

“Gentlemen, we have had to-day the painful evidence
of the reckless destruction of our property. If irresponsible
men are permitted to thus injure our interests, what
will be the result? utter ruin. It is proposed that the
violator of our rights, in consideration of his seeming defiance
of the laws, be not left to the mercy of its delays,
but have justice dealt out to him with our own indignant
hands.”

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

A loud and enthusiastic shout was given, and twenty
men in an instant were in their saddles. Away these
horsemen scattered through the streets, many riding hither
and thither, and almost all indulging in the free use of
liquor, either from canteens carried in their pockets, or
such as could be purchased at the “groceries.” In the
course of a half hour more, the town had assumed its
usually dull appearance, for that particular time of day.

On that eventful morning, Toadvine had risen at his
accustomed hour, and externally, as if nothing in his history
of an extraordinary character had occurred, he went
into the field with the negroes. After he returned to his
house for his breakfast, he quietly walked over to the
“residence,” and asked Mr. Mildmay for a prospective
order for the amount of money due him up to date, remarking,
“that he had created some debts, which he
wished to settle;” he then strolled out upon the gallery,
and taking up an old newspaper, seemed to be absorbed in
its contents.

Mildmay, after looking over his memorandum book,
wrote a draft on his merchant for the amount due Toadvine,
and stepping out on the gallery, handed it to the
overseer, with the question, “Did you bring home Jack,
last night, as you intended?”

“Why, the fact is,” said Toadvine, folding up the paper
and putting it in his pocket—“the fact is, that I spent
too much time, yesterday evening, at the `Head-quarters,'
and besides losing some money, I drank too much—” and
Toadvine apparently hesitated to finish his remark.

“I am sorry, for your sake, that such is the fact!”

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

observed Mildmay, with perceptible emotion in his voice;
“but no matter,” he continued, evidently not desirous to
seem to assume any superiority in habits or position; “no
matter, I am going to Beechland this evening, myself, and
I will call at the jail, and send Jack home, and thus have
no further trouble about it.”

Toadvine moved away, crossed the yard, and entered
his own house, and sitting down at his deal table, and
taking a deep potation of his ever favorite whiskey, and
thrusting his hands in his pockets, he commenced soliloquizing,
thus:

“I wonder what did become of Jack? I must have
been pretty tight last night. I was so infarnally mad
about that mud-hole, that I 'most forget every thing else.
How he did pull, when he tried to get away; if it hadn't
been for breaking off the pommel of my saddle, to say
nothing of that rope across my thigh, I'd a' pulled him
home, or killed my horse.”

And giving utterance to these expressions, Toadvine,
for some ten minutes, seemed lost in a deep reverie, then
rousing himself, he put away his decanter, and looked
over the “promise to pay,” so recently received from his
employer, and after cyphering some time on the floor with
a piece of charcoal, he observed:

“Well, if Mr. Mildmay does send me off for this little
frolic, he don't owe me any thing, thank fortune!” and
with this consoling reflection, and entirely unconscious of
the real extent of his offending, he mounted his horse, and
again rode into the field.

To avoid the appearance of any thing extraordinary in

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

contemplation, by Gen. Bledsoe's party, its several members
seemed to be straggling off in different directions, but,
by a preconcerted plan, they met a mile or two from Beechland,
in the thickly growing brush of an old abandoned
plantation, which was all that remained of the evidences
of a once “splendid home.”

Here in conclave it was agreed, that it was useless to
trust to the laws for the punishment of Toadvine; that the
law was a mere farce, gotten up for no other purpose than
to enable lawyers to rob the community, and escape the
consequences. It was further decided, that it would save
the parish expense, and a great deal of feeling besides, in
the minds of those interested, by seeing him summarily
hung to a limb of the nearest tree; and also teach him,
and others similarly disposed to tamper with the rights of
the planters, that it could not be done with impunity.

-- 229 --

p726-240 CHAPTER XX. THE RESCUE.

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

An hour's riding brought the party near the “Heritage
Place;” the young men rode ahead to reconnoitre, and
one soon returned and reported, to the astonishment of
every one, that Toadvine was actually in the field; and
that by leaving the main road, threading a deep, but not
impassable sluiceway, he could be easily cut off from all
connection with the house, and if he attempted escape after
he discovered that he was to be arrested, he would
have to take to the woods, when “he could be run down
at leisure.”

Gen. Bledsoe at once decided upon taking advantage
of the opportunity thus unexpectedly offered, to make an
easy capture, and in another instant the horsemen were
galloping to their several assigned places, distributing
themselves so that Toadvine had no other way of escape
than by striking into the fastnesses of the swamp.

The doomed man soon discovered that there were persons
in his vicinity, but still remained unconscious of his
danger, and also of the extent of his crime. Two or three

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

horsemen, carrying guns, could be easily accounted for,
“the chase,” and the habits of the country making firearms
familiar; their appearance created no alarm; but
when further attracted by moving forms through the distant
trees, it flashed upon him like lightning, that a band
of armed men were in pursuit of him.

Rushing to his horse, that was cropping grass by the
edges of one of the field roads, he leaped upon his back,
and, as if Mildmay was most likely to now befriend him, he
turned the animal's head towards Heritage Place; but
before he had rode many yards he was hailed to stop—
turning suddenly, he went headlong down the field, when
again he discovered that the fowling-pieces bore directly
upon him; desperate, and alarmed for his life, he now
turned his horse's head, as Bledsoe had anticipated, toward
the swamp, and fairly flew, with speed; accelerated
no doubt, by a number of curs belonging to the negroes,
barking and howling at his rear; with a bound he cleared
the fence, and knowing the country well, it seemed as if
he would escape, so rapidly did he disappear amid the rich
mellow gloom.

But Toadvine had those upon his track, who knew the
swamp even better than himself,—persons who had, for
years, pursued the deer and wild cat through the very
labyrinth he was then threading; and those persons, conscious
of their power, rode even leisurely along, knowing
that he must, almost without an effort, soon fall into their
hands.

Mildmay, from the time that Toadvine left him, had
been engaged in looking over papers, brought to his

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

recollection by opening his memorandum book, and he was,
while listening to the unusual noise of the dogs barking in
the field, startled by the appearance of Wash, who, with
distended eyes, announced to his master “dat a big party
of gentlem was hunting down in de new ground.”

Mildmay, from an upper gallery, glanced over the
field, just in time to see Toadvine's fearful leap, and as he
discovered the armed men follow in pursuit, he was instantly
impressed with the belief that something serious
had happened.

Without betraying his excitement, he ordered Wash to
saddle his horse, that he might ride down and see what
was going on. It was with difficulty that he could repress
his impatience until the boy arrived with his steed, and
still more was it painful to retain an ambling pace, when
he descried that Annie's affectionate eyes were bent upon
him. But once relieved of all necessity for restraint, he
put spurs to his horse, and followed swiftly on the new-made
trail.

In the meanwhile, it would seem that Gen. Bledsoe's
party crossed the diameter of the circle made by Toadvine,
in his ignorance of the ground he was going over, and ere
the pursued was aware of it, he was surrounded. A dozen
“shots” had sight upon him at once, and he was commanded
to stop, and reining up his horse, he sat in his saddle a
perfect picture of blank despair.

The pursuers rushed upon him, and checked their excited
horses so close to his person, that his hair was fanned
by the distended nostrils of their foaming steeds.

“Dismount, you wretch!” cried Bledsoe, as he kept his

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

spirited horse by main force to the ground, “dismount, I
say; we have a better way to serve your carcass than to
let it hang across a Spanish saddle.”

To Toadvine, the command seemed to cause the world
to be passing away as a sheet of fire. He knew that he was
guilty of some crime, but the uncertainty of its extent
magnified his fears, and he felt as if an awful judgment was
upon him. Looking around, he saw faces familiar in appearance,
yet glaring upon him with strange and intense
passion; a confused ringing sound passed through his brain,
and fainting, he fell from his horse.

Before, however, he reached the ground, he was in the
arms of one of the men, and by the time he recovered his
senses, the rope that had deprived poor Jack of his life,
was around another victim's neck.

Toadvine, the instant he felt the cord, comprehended
his fate, and uttered one long, loud shriek for mercy; but
ere he could have repeated that heart-rending cry, the power
to do so would have been at an end for ever, had not Mildmay,
glowing with excitement, rushed into the ring; checking
his speed so abruptly, that his horse's hoofs ploughed
their way deeply into the virgin soil.

Dark and lowering looks were turned upon the intruder,
which instantly cleared away, as some one exclaimed,
“Mildmay, by the gods!”

This name electrified with sudden life the sinking and
terror-stricken Toadvine, who frantically seized Mildmay's
feet, and begged him for the love of God, to interfere and
save his life.

The young man though calm, was, nevertheless embar

-- --

THE RESCUE [figure description] 726EAF. Illustration page. At center, a man in hat and shirtsleeves supports another man who has been cut from a noose and offers him something to drink. The men are surrounded by six other men on horseback. The man in hat and shirtsleeves is talking to one of the riders at right. In the background, the remains of the noose hang from a tree.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

rassed, and turning instinctively towards Gen. Bledsoe,
whom he did not know, he begged to be informed as to the
meaning of the scene enacted before him.

The fact that Toadvine was Mildmay's overseer, and
that it was Mildmay's wrongs the party was professedly
about to redress, caused his unannounced and unexpected
presence to be greeted with a respect that might, under
other circumstances, with persons so excited, have been
attended with a different result.

Gen. Bledsoe, in a few and hastily-delivered words, explained
the outrage.

“And Jack is dead?” said Mildmay, snapping his eyes
as if awaking from a sleep.

“Yes, dead!” said Bledsoe, “and murdered by that
skulking wretch who is hanging at your heel.”

“A shame and an outrage!” said Mildmay, his face
darkening, as he kicked himself loose from the overseer's
grasp.

“A shame indeed,” said Gen. Bledsoe, his face burning
with excitement, “and that he may not serve others so,
tuck him up boys, and let the buzzards have their rights.”

“You would not hang this man,” said Mildmay, leaping
from his horse, and literally throwing himself as a
shield over Toadvine's prostrate form. “You would not
hang this man. Let me beg of you, gentlemen, that the
laws have their sway; let my injury go unredressed, rather
than tarnish our honor with so great a wrong as this.”

“The laws be d—d,” said a fellow, in an Arkansas
blanket coat, seizing hold of Toadvine's shoulder. “If
you've got nothing but the law to reach this 'ere gentleman

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

with, he's as good as clear to-day; ain't he, Gineral Bledsoe?”

At the mention of this name, Mildmay turned toward
the person addressed and said:

“General Bledsoe, for such I understand you to be,
permit me to beg as a personal favor, that you will leave
this man in the hands of the law. The case is too plain
to fear that he will escape the penalty due his crime, and
to the extent of the law, will I see that he is prosecuted
and punished.”

“What say you, gentlemen?” asked Bledsoe, looking
around upon the group of excited faces—and after scanning
them for a moment, he said, with a graceful wave of the
hand:

“Mr. Mildmay, that creature is your prisoner.”

At this announcement, the spectators fairly rocked to
and fro with the sudden reaction of their moral feelings,
and Toadvine fell to the earth as if struck by the hand of
death.

“Well, he's made a die of it, any how,” said the owner
of the green blanket coat, looking at Toadvine with comical
pity, and loosening the cord about his neck,—“but
maybe,” the fellow continued, “this will bring him too,”
and with the most affecting attention, he took his whiskey
bottle from his pocket and held it to Toadvine's nostrils.

“You see,” said General Bledsoe, looking at Mildmay,
and playfully pointing at the rough Samaritan before him,
“you see that Ben Puckett isn't so bad a man after all,
although he has a poor opinion of the laws.”

Mildmay forced a sickly smile, and asked, directing his

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

eye to Bledsoe, “if he could get Mr. Puckett to take the
prisoner to the jail at Beechland, if he were paid liberally
for the trouble?”

“Certainly you can,” said the general with vivacity,
“and I will be responsible that Puckett will never let him
go until he has the jailer's receipt in full for the amiable
gentleman.”

“I'll go to jail,” said Toadvine with a humble voice,
and absolutely grown wan and pallid with the terror he had
undergone.

“Of course, you will,” said Puckett, while tying Toadvine's
elbows behind him,—“of course you will; ain't I
promised to take you?” and Puckett laughed at his own
humor.

The crowd now dispersed. All left evidently satisfied,
for you could hear the merry, ringing laugh of different individuals,
expressive of a consciousness of being relieved
from a fearful responsibility.

Toadvine, once on his way, soon arrived at Beechland
jail. He managed, in the course of conversation along the
road, to secure Puckett's friendship, but could not overcome
the sturdy Kentuckian's innate sense of honor sufficient
to induce him to let his prisoner go, as was suggested
under the plea of “accidental escape.” Puckett was too
powerful as a man, to make it probable that he could be mastered
in a scuffle, and too ambitious mentally, to be willing
to have it reported that he was outwitted, when placed in a
responsible position.

“And what do you 'spose,” said Toadvine to Puckett,
as Beechland appeared in view,—“what do you 'spose

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

they make such a fuss about the killing of Jack for, any
how?”

“'Cause you didn't own him,” said Puckett with a patronizing
manner.

“Perhaps that was it,” replied Toadvine, still as if in
a dream, and riding a short distance he resumed: “I never
heard such a fuss about killing a nigger before. Thar
was Bill Stiger down at the `Oaks' who chopped a darkee
into pieces with a cane knife, and bragged on it arterwards,
and he was never touched.”

“And didn't the Grand Jury find a bill?” inquired
Puckett.

“No,” said Toadvine emphatically, “Stiger run off
the sheriff with a double barr'l, and swore he would shoot
any juror that dar'd indite him.”

“And the matter ended thar, did it?” inquired Puckett
with solemnity.

“Of course it ended,” said Toadvine, overflowing with
a sense of his own unjust treatment—“of course it ended,
and Stiger could have gone to the Legislature the next
'lection, only he wouldn't.”

“Well, it's too bad,” said Puckett with a sympathetic
voice, “that they treat you so; but no matter, Toady,”
said he playfully, “Buss', Orcutt, and I, will come up
in your room and play `poker' and `seven up,' and you
shan't want for friends, you know—and we'll have a real
good time of it, and no mistake.”

With this assurance, Toadvine, who was unaccountably
depressed in spirits, when left to his own reflections,
brightened up, and saw that lying in jail a few weeks wasn't

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

so bad after all; while, like many other men in a similar
situation, he began to realize a kind of satisfaction in
the prospect he had before him, of becoming an object of
real attention to the crowd about the court-house.

Upon arriving at the suburbs of Beechland, Puckett
relieved Toadvine of the hated rope that had heretofore
bound his elbows, the prisoner solemnly promising not to
attempt to get away, and Puckett threatening to split Toadvine's
head open, if he did forfeit his honor by any such
performance; “for you see,” said Puckett, opening for the
last time the knots in the cord,—“you see, Toady, I gave
my word
to General Bledsoe, that I would take you to jail,
and I must do it if I help you out agin at sundown.”

The ever busy Orcutt answered the first knock at the
jail door, and he started back with some surprise at seeing
Toadvine safe and sound before him:—“Why, I thought
you went off this mornin',” said the jailer, unconscious of
the severity of his allusion.

“But he didn't, though,” said Puckett mysteriously,
“though he was at the `went off place,' wasn't you, Toady.”

The jests were too suggestive to the overseer of the dark
side of his situation, and with a pallor upon his cheek, he
requested to be shown to his room, saying that he “felt
sick, and wanted rest.

-- 238 --

p726-251 CHAPTER XXI. UNEXPECTED RELATIONSHIP

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

The instant that Toadvine disappeared, and with him the
different persons who had been so recently engaged in his
pursuit, General Bledsoe turned to Mildmay, and showed
by his manner a desire to enter into familiar conversation.
The two gentlemen consequently rode out of “the swamp,”
side by side, and so continued in the open fields, as their
road necessarily led toward Heritage Place. Mildmay was
himself highly delighted with General Bledsoe, and as he
had always heard him spoken of as one of the most influential
persons in the surrounding neighborhood, Graham
felt more than ordinary pleasure that a mutual friendship
promised to be the result of a most singular introduction.

Long before the two had reached the Heritage, all the
particulars of Toadvine's conduct had been discussed and
commented upon, and had given way to more pleasing subjects,
and General Bledsoe had, with exceeding frankness,
accepted an invitation to make a call at the house and partake
of some slight refreshment, before he pursued his way
homeward.

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

As the gentlemen dismounted, Wash took the horses
and they proceeded on through the lawn. Annie was walking
on the upper gallery, and as Mildmay looked up and
greeted her with a smile, General Bledsoe instinctively
turned his eye also upward, and unexpectedly seeing a
lady, raised his hat and passed uncovered into the house.

Wash soon made his appearance, and armed with water
and a snowy napkin, he presented them to the general,
who, quietly removing his gloves, laved his hands, while
Mildmay performed the same pleasant office in his own
room.

When Graham returned to his guest, he was followed
by Wash carrying a salver, on which were two or three
kinds of choice liqueurs, and a box of superior cigars. The
two gentlemen simply went through the ceremony of
drinking, when Gen. Bledsoe set down his glass, and
taking another, and filling it with cool water, he drank it
off with evident satisfaction; and then throwing himself
into an easy chair, with Mildmay most comfortably disposed
of, directly opposite to him, cigars were selected
and lighted; and after a few moments' silence, the general,
slowly blowing the smoke from his mouth, turned to Mildmay,
and observed:

“From your given name, Mr. Mildmay, I judge that
you are from the `Old North State?”

“Such is the fact,” replied Mildmay, rousing himself
into an attitude of interest.

“Yet I think,” continued the general, in a musing
manner, “that Mildmay is not a North Carolina name?”

“It is not,” said Mildmay; “while my mother's

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

family name is very common, perhaps, there is not one of my
surname that I am aware of in the State.”

“Your mother then was a Graham,” said the general,
still deeply musing. “The Grahams and the Bledsoes
are intimately connected: was your family from the neighborhood
of Mecklenberg?”

“They were from the immediate vicinity of Mecklenberg,”
said Mildmay.

“Then, Mr. Mildmay,” said the general, his face animated
with a smile, “if we Americans paid much attention
to genealogical trees, I should not be surprised if we
could trace ourselves back to the same stock; I know of
no Mecklenberg Grahams that are not relations of mine.”

“I am quite flattered,” said Graham, “by your supposition;
it will be a source of pleasure for me to know
that I have so interesting, though so vague a claim upon
your good opinion.”

“And not so vague, either,” interrupted the general.
“Your grandfather, or great uncle,—and I don't know
which,—just at the close of the Revolution, married
Hetty Bledsoe, and we are certainly third cousins at
least.”

Graham laughed, and replied, “he hoped it were
true.”

At this instant, the young mistress of Heritage Place
came into the room. She was attired in a simple dress of
white, and had endeavored to assume a dignified appearance
by arranging her hair over her temples; but the
straggling curls peeped out quite comically, in spite of her
labor: a delicate rosebud and a few green leaves glistened

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

on her bosom. Annie had become so unaccustomed to
society save that of her husband, that the appearance of a
stranger brought a slight blush to her cheeks, and heightened
her natural beauty.

“Mrs. Mildmay — General Bledsoe,” said Graham,
rising.

The general rose from his seat, and placing his hand
upon his heart, he bowed, as if a courtier by profession;
and then extending his hand, he just touched the tips of
Annie's fingers, and remarked:

“I am happy to have the pleasure of meeting with a
lady whose presence has added so much grace and beauty
to our vicinity. At this very moment, I was trying to
prove to your good husband that we were some sort of
cousins at least; and now,” he continued, smiling at Annie,
“I shall especially insist that I am right.”

Annie expressed her gratification at Gen. Bledsoe's
evident cordiality of manner,—more by her eyes, than by
her remarks; the conversation soon became discursive
and agreeable, and when Gen. Bledsoe left Heritage Place,
a mutual friendship had sprung up between himself and
its occupants: and this feeling seemed to have been
founded rather upon long years of intercourse, than an
accidental meeting of an hour's duration.

The moment Gen. Bledsoe left, Mildmay ordered
“old Uncle Dan” to go to Beechland, and bring up the
body of Jack, that it might be decently interred upon the
plantation.

Uncle Dan was an eccentric, stuttering old man, who
believed in charms and necromancy, and was looked upon

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

by his fellow-slaves with considerable superstitious dread.
When he was told to get his cart, and the object of his
errand, Old Dan rolled up the white of his eyes in the
most alarming manner, and inquired,

“Wha—wha—what make Jack done die for?”

“You will hear that some other time,” said Mildmay,
a cloud passing over his face at the recollection of the
boy's fate; “do as I tell you, and ask no questions now.”

“But master,” said Dan, his face still indicating unmitigated
terror, “Wha—wha—what I goin' to do alone
wid such a funeral?”

“Come straight back from town,” said Mildmay,
sternly; “and if you stop by the way at any of those
groggeries on the edge of Beechland, you will regret it,
sir, for the rest of the year.”

“Wh'—wh'—why, master, you tink I do dat?” and
Dan hobbled off with a manner that would leave an impression
upon those who did not know him, that he was
exceedingly injured at Mildmay's imputation on his immaculate
character.

Dan went to the stable, and catching a mule that was
used for all work, he put on the harness, and then attached
the cart; and having arranged every thing to suit his
mind, he crept into the loft, and brought down a bag of
shelled corn; then going to his own garden-patch, he
pulled up a few vegetables, nearly gone to seed, and
placed them beside the corn; then jumping over the fence
into his mistress's garden, he crawled upon his hands and
knees among some low bushes, covered by what was once
the shed of a bee-house, and dexterously took two setting

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

hens, of the Bantam breed, from off their nests; and putting
the exposed eggs in his pockets, he got back safely to
his cart: and arranging the eggs in some cotton seed, and
tying the hens like a bundle in a handkerchief, he covered
the whole up with `dry fodder,' and with a sanctimonious
look, drove out into the highway.

Mildmay, who was temporarily occupied in superintending
some repairs in the road, was sitting on his horse,
when Dan made his appearance; and as the old negro
humbly touched his hat to “master,” he remarked:

“I see, Dan, you have not forgotten the old mule's
appetite, judging from the fodder you take along with
you.”

Dan covered up the confusion of his face, by pretending
to look at something in his rear, and then pulling his old
hat over his eyes, as a mark of respect to his master, he
passed on without detection. Mildmay under ordinary circumstances
would have discovered the fraud, but his mind
was too much occupied by the events of the day, to observe
all the minor incidents passing before him.

Dan, as is the case with all old negroes, had a way of
conversing with himself, and if you could overhear him,
it would be difficult, at first, to imagine that he was really
alone, he gave such effect to his “thinking aloud,”—the
moment therefore he got out of reach of observation, he
commenced giving expression to his thoughts:—

Wha-wha-wha-wal, I didn't take de big hens, wha—
wha—wha—what was worth something to mistress, not me;
truck de little ones jus worth notin at all—he-he-he—tuck
em cause de eggs all done spile by de thunder—and ain't

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

dat my corn, any how you can fix it?—wha-wha-wha-what
you get along dat away for, Dick Johnson (hitting the
mule over the back), can't ye see de rut, widout old Dan
tellin' you?”

In similar pleasant conversation, Dan indulged, until
he reached the suburb of Beechland, and then stopping his
mule, he cautiously looked around to see if any one was
near him, when satisfying himself that he was not observed,
he took out his stolen goods, and depositing them with
precipitation underneath some brush by the road side, he
hobbled into his seat and rode along.

In a few moments he was in the town—among the old
ruined buildings that every where met the eye, was one
distinguishable for having doors still on their fastenings,
and windows patched with paper, and sashes filled with
rags. Across the front of this wretched house, was painted
“Grocery,” but some wag had blotted up the bottom curve
of the c, and it read, grocery, which was really the idea
the sign was intended to convey.

As Dan neared this noticeable place, he commenced
hallooing with unusual vehemence to his mule, at the
same time, by pretending the animal would not obey the
reins, he managed to land close against the door, which
was immediately opened, and Dan was greeted by a rough-looking
white man,—a few telegraphic signs passed between
the pair, and the negro assuming his naturally innocent
and stolid look, continued his journey.

Passing by a large and evidently a substantial store,
a very gentlemanly-looking young man hallooed out to
Dan.

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

“Ho! boy, don't you belong to Mr. Mildmay?”

“Ye-ye-yes—master,” said Dan touching his hat.

“Then,” said the gentleman, “when you go home, stop
here, I have something to put in your cart.”

“Ye-ye-yes, sir,” said Dan, again touching his apology
for a hat.

Without more adventure, Dan reached the court-house,
where still lay, and entirely alone, the body of the unfortunate
Jack, but now protected from the vulgar gaze, by a
straight-sided box, made of rough boards, which had been
supplied by the order of the coroner.

Dan sat in his cart, and filled with strange emotions,
eyed askance the wreck of mortality.—As we have said,
he was superstitious, and he had a terrible dread of the
dead.

“Wha-wha-wha-what in de world massa send old
Dan down here for,—spose Jack come back agin, and I
'lone in de woods, wha-wha-wha-what cum of old Dan,
ha?” and the poor fellow seemed to expect that every moment
he should be assaulted by spirits from another world.

Not many moments passed, however, before Dan was
surrounded by a number of idle negro gossips, and long
and dismal stories and fearful reminiscences were given,
until from talking and listening, they would start at their
own voices—then anxious to get away from the suggesting
cause of so much terror, they helped Dan to place the coffin
in the cart, and rapidly disappeared.

The negro, now almost paralyzed with fear and trembling,
took out his charm, and addressing the little parcel
as if it had been an intelligent being, asked of it to

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

afford him protection in the dark woods, and not to let
Jack come back and hurt him; and he then started for
home: but soon coming up to the store, where he was requested
to stop, one of the clerks, without deigning to ask
Dan what he had for his load, put a bale of rope, a box of
raisins, and a cheese, on top of the coffin; told Dan “to
get them to his master safe,” and ran back into the store.

“Wa-wa-well,” said Dan, as he moved along, “got
something else in dat cart to keep old Dan company;
s'pose old Dan tinks da-da-da-dat box empty, den it's all
right: go 'long, Dick Johnson,” jerking the mule, “don't
be getting to sleep at dis time ob day. Oh, Lord!
wha-a-a-what will become of old niggers?” and for a
moment lost in this reflection, he broke out in a loud
voice, “Dar's Dick a dancin' wid my gal—le-le-let de cotton
grow, who car's—old Dan is all de way from old Kaintuck—
Virginny shuffle—master's home—keep de-de-de
pot a bilin as you pass over Jourdan. Wha-wha-wha—
oh, Lord!”

Arriving at the place where he deposited his “plunder,”
he got down from his seat, and looking cautiously
around, thrust his hand under the bush, and pulled out
a bottle of whiskey “corked” with a corncob; and taking
therefrom a hearty swig, he resumed his place, more vociferous
than ever.

Towards midnight the body of Jack was deposited in
his humble, but once happy cabin.

The grave had already been dug; and just as the
moon commenced rising above the horizon, a few fellow-servants,
who kindly remembered Jack, joined in a funeral

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

procession to pay the last tribute to the obscure dead.
As the humble mourners moved along, the simple hymn
went up, that breathed a hope of immortality. The body
was lowered into its last resting-place,—the cold sod fell
heavily upon the rude encasement. When the burial was
completed, the old negro workman gave a last pat with his
heavy spade, and said,

“Thank old Marster above! Jack's done got free papers
at last.”

Major Trimmer was not disappointed in his expectations
of a client, when he saw the murdered body of Jack,
for he knew that he must be “engaged for the defence,”
for no sooner had Toadvine time to collect his ideas,
than he sent the jailer to the major; as might be expected,
Trimmer immediately answered the summons.

The moment Major Trimmer entered Toadvine's cell,
he assumed a vacant look, and answered every question
with the bluntest imaginable monosyllables. To such an
extent was this carried, that his client finally became nervous,
and asked an explanation.

“The first thing to be attended to,” said the major,
suddenly finding his loquacious tongue, “is the fee; arrange
for that, and we will at once proceed to business.”

“And how much will it be?” asked Toadvine, putting
his hand in his pocket.

“A thousand dollars would be a small sum for so bad
a case as yours; but, considering you are not too rich, I'll
say five hundred.”

“You don't mean to say you charge five hundred for

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

getting me out of this little affair, do you?” said Toadvine,
gaping in astonishment.

“I don't know what you call a little affair,” said the
major, rising and buttoning his coat, as if intending to go;
“if living in the penitentiary for ten years is a little
affair, I hope you will have a good time of it.”

“But you don't think it is any thing serious, do you?”
inquired Toadvine, becoming alarmed.

“Why, if being in custody, with a clear case of killing
against you, and the whole community in arms, ain't
serious, then I have studied my profession in vain.”

“I see,” said Toadvine, his fears coming upon him
with tenfold force—“I see, but how can I pay you so large
a sum, when I haven't got the money?”

“Well, what have you got?” inquired the major, sententiously.

“There's my horse,” said Toadvine, with bitterness;
“he is worth seventy-five dollars.”

“Well,” said the major.

“Then here is a due-bill on Smithers & Co., drawn
at ninety days by Mr. Mildmay, for one hundred and sixty
dollars”

“Well,” echoed the major.

“And is not that enough to commence with?” gasped
Toadvine, for the first time beginning to feel that it did
cost something to “kill a nigger.”

“Why,” said the major, reckoning a moment in his
head, “if I take the horse and due-bill even as cash, they
will only make two hundred and forty-four dollars; secure

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

me enough to make up the five hundred, else I shall have
no excuse to keep me from appearing for the State.”

“You wouldn't go agin me?” said Toadvine, turning
pale with apprehension.

“I must make a living,” said the major, as cold as
marble.

“But,” said Toadvine, more than ever sorry that he
had killed Jack, “I have no other property except an undivided
interest in the boy Jo, now in the possession of
Col. Price.”

“How much do you own of that nigger?”

“One half,” said Toadvine.

“And do you think I could buy the other half of
Price?”

“I think not, because, you see, ever since Col. Price
parted from his wife, she won't sign away, what he calls,
her `infernal rights.'”

“Paraphernal rights,” you mean, said the major, his
eye beaming with conscious superiority.

“Well, it's something that keeps Price from selling
his half of Jo, and that's all I know about it.”

Now the major had informed himself in advance of all
the property that Toadvine was worth, so pulling out a
paper, and a pocket inkstand, he made a preliminary
transfer to himself of all Toadvine's worldly goods, viz.,
the horse,—Mildmay's due-bill,—and the legal possession
of half of the negro boy Jo; that being done, the major at
once entered upon the business before him, and in less
than ten minutes satisfied Toadvine that it was now easy
to get him clear of the consequences of killing Jack,—

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

which made Toadvine again come to the conclusion in his
own mind, that twenty dollars was even more than enough
to pay any one for getting him out of “this little affair.”

After a great deal of “tacking and filling” by the
major, more to affect the imagination of his client than
any thing else, it was finally agreed that the “habeas corpus
was not to be attempted, because it might be possible
that the judge would be strict, as the excitement on
the public mind was decidedly against the prisoner. And
Major Trimmer came to the conclusion, also, that it was
possibly safer for Toadvine to stay in jail than to run the
risk of falling into the hands of Gen. Bledsoe and his
friends; and by way of consolation to the prisoner, he said:
“By lying in a jail a few weeks before the trial, it will
create a sympathy for you outside; and will enable me to
show the jury, that even while the law presumed that you
were innocent, you had suffered sufficient punishment,
even if guilty of the crime charged:” and with these reasons,
Toadvine was content to remain in durance vile.

-- 251 --

p726-264 CHAPTER XXII. DIXON JOURNEYS ON BUSINESS.

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

Dixon amused himself while in Washington by attending
the debates in “both houses of Congress.” He was
quite a politician in his way, and nothing pleased him so
much, he said, “as to hear Southern members talk to
Northern representatives, as if they owned them.”

From some of the “M. C.'s” of the “Middle States”
he obtained much valuable information relative to the
“supply,” and from others of the extreme southwest, of
the “demand” for negroes. His address in commanding
attention from “public men” was much admired by Dixon's
confederates, and was frequently alluded to by them
as one of the many evidences of his uncommon talents.

Dixon himself felt his decided superiority in this respect,
and would sometimes amuse his friends with anecdotes,
illustrating how he used these very gentlemen for
his own purposes. He mentioned several particular cases
where he got possession of “favorite body servants” by
advancing a few hundred dollars just at the time their
masters were hard up at the gaming-table, or deprived of

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

their reason, by the long-continued debauch; for he took a
sort of malicious satisfaction in getting the better in a
bargain of men, who, though at the time overreached by
him, were nevertheless receiving the echoed plaudits of
the country, for “their great speeches in the national
councils.”

One night after sitting out a very “late debate,”
Dixon walked slowly out of the “Capitol” toward “his
pen,” on the suburbs of the city. It must have been
eleven o'clock, when his signal was recognized by the sleepy
attendant, who let him in.

“Has Hovey got back from Colesburg, Putty-face?”
said he, taking his seat at the rude pine table, and pulling
out a little leather-covered note-book, preparatory to looking
over its contents.

“He's come back, and has just turned in,” said the
man, snuffing the candle with his thumb and forefinger.

“Tell him I want to see him,” said Dixon, looking
over his note-book.

“Putty-face” walked across the room, opened a door,
and exposed upon a rude bench, a man with his clothes on,
and asleep.

“Wake up here!” said he, giving the man a shake.

Hovey sprang upright in bed, and although still almost
asleep, had instinctively, as it were, grasped a long
knife that was under his pillow, and opening his eyes, demanded
in most shockingly profane language, what was the
matter?

“Dixon wants you,” was the simple reply.

“I was dreaming just now,” said Hovey, putting up

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

his knife, and hunting around for his shoes, “that somebody
was going to cut my throat;” and after uttering this
pleasant reminiscence, he shuffled into Dixon's presence,
and took a seat on the opposite side of the table.

For some moments the negro trader continued to examine
the hieroglyphic marks before him, when he turned
around suddenly to Hovey, and said:

`What news from Colesburg?”

`Nothing,” said Hovey, sententiously.

“You think that no more niggers can be bought in that
neighborhood?”

“I do,” responded Hovey, at the same time yawning
excessively.

“And I don't,” said Dixon, with a confident tone of
voice: “you see, Hovey, when you think you have got all
the niggers out of a place, the best ones is ginerally left
behind. Niggers is like pigs,—them that ain't worth
much run ahead, and come into market before them that
will bring the most money.”

“I didn't hear of any,” sleepily drawled Hovey.

“Did you inquire about old General Blueridge's house
servants?” asked Dixon, looking attentively at his book.

“He sold all out last spring.”

“And old Governor Fenton, what's he doing?”

“I think you could get his boy now, if you went yourself.”

“And what makes you think so?” asked Dixon, quite
animatedly.

“'Cause he's out for office, and must treat to get 'lected.”

Dixon, when he heard this reply, laid down his book,

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

and looked at his assistant for some seconds with intense
admiration, and then said:

“Hovey, you are larnin'—for if Fenton is on the
stump agin, I could lend him money on his soul, if it was
worth a mortgage; to say nothing of that yaller fellow he
calls `Cæsar, my boy!'” and Dixon made a rude note in
his book.

“And supposin' you do lend him money?” asked Hovey,
with some interest.

“Suppose I do!” replied Dixon, triumphantly, “why,
if you lend a man, about such a place as Colesburg, a
few hundred on any thing, you must close the mortgage
when it's due, to get your money back. I've seen
niggers that their masters thought as much of, as they
did of their own flesh and blood, and perhaps they had
reason to, and they wouldn't sell, oh no! too conscientious—
under too many obligations to the darkee, and his dad
and mammy before him, to let him go to Louisiana; but they
would borrow two or three hundred till next fall, and give
the `pet,' as collateral security—when I cum round agin,
and wanted the money, the men would all go into the dignified,
and the women into the hysterics, but the darkee
was mine, no fault of theirs, of course!—`my hard
heart!' `my cruel disposition' did jist all—it's a great
game, this world!” said Dixon, apparently confounded at
the magnitude of his own thoughts and reflections.

After a few moments musing, the trader started up, and
said, “I'll take the cars to-morrow morning, and go to Colesburg
myself. There's one or two light mulatto girls there,
I must have at any price. If Ragan sends around a

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

negro to-morrow, with a swelled throat, and a seton in his
neck; put the sick cuss down in the cellar until I come
back, maybe he's got something catching. I bought that
old negro, Randolph, to-day, of Wilkins, and also the
buggy, and the wheelbarrows; have the buggy put under
the shed and covered up, and if old Randolph hasn't got
any bedclothes, he must rough it the best way he can. If
that widow lady, who keeps the fashionable hotel, near
the `white house,' and wants a middle-aged, respectable-looking
negro man, for a table waiter, thinks Homer is too
old, have his front teeth filed down, his hair well dyed,
and his skin greased, and keep him up until I come back
from Colesburg,—and, finally,” said Dixon, putting up his
memorandum book, “if any body wants to see me very
much, say I shall be gone a week; and now go to bed, if
you want to, and I'll turn in, myself.”

Dixon, at the conclusion of these general remarks,
without ceremony took the light, and examining the fastenings
of the front door, and walking across the room, and
putting his ear to the keyhole of the door that opened
into the cells of the negroes in “his yard;” he seemed
to be satisfied that all was right, and going into a rather
comfortable adjoining room, hastily retired, and was soon
asleep.

Colesburg, although much gone to decay, was originally
one of the most pleasant and thriving towns in Virginia.
For more than thirty years, it had gradually declined in
population and importance. The people of the surrounding
country had, one after another, moved away to the south
and west, leaving large tracts of worn-out land, dotted

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

over with stately, but decaying residences, altogether presenting
the most terrible pictures of desolation that could
offend the eye, or harrow up the heart.

From the vicinity of Colesburg, Dixon had for many
years, through his agents, purchased a large part of the
choicest “house-raised” negroes, which he offered for sale
in New Orleans, but never having been to the place himself,
he was on the occasion of his present visit, a perfect
stranger to the town.

In accordance with his usual manner of doing business,
he desired to have the purpose of his visit to Colesburg
unknown until he satisfied himself what were the chances
of accomplishing his wishes; for Dixon knew from sad experience,
that however anxious people might be to sell
their “property,” they visited upon him, as a negro-trader,
indignation that should have been, as he thought, “equally
shared by those who furnished the articles of traffic.”

Dixon therefore, on his arrival at Colesburg, wrote his
name in the hotel books, and under “residence,” put “Boston,
Ms.,” a bit of shrewdness that had on more than one
occasion, answered the desired purpose; and having done
this, and directed his baggage to be sent to his room, he
strolled leisurely about the streets.

The morning following Dixon's arrival at Colesburg,
was Sunday, and after breakfast he dressed with more than
usual care, combed his hair over his forehead, and walked
down stairs, preparatory to fulfilling a determination of going
to church. On the porch of the hotel, he saw a gentleman,
who seemed to have a communicative sort of expression,
and Dixon in his direct way asked him,—“If

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

the large church he saw in the centre of Colesburg had a
gallery?”

“It has a gallery,” said the individual addressed, “but
it is principally occupied by negroes. If you will see the
sexton, Col. Graves, he will, no doubt, show you to a seat
down stairs, and among some of our `best families.'”

“I am not very particular whereabouts I worship,”
said Dixon, with an irony he could scarcely conceal.

“You Northerners don't seem to be as particular in these
matters as the Virginians are,” said the garrulous speaker.

“And how do you know I am a Northerner?” said
Dixon, turning abruptly upon the unfortunate object of his
displeasure.

“I reckon a man that hails from Boston can't be much
else,” said the man, evidently delighted with his own
shrewdness, “but you needn't get angry about it,” he graciously
observed, “for I never think more or less of a man
merely on account of his birth-place.”

“But I do,” returned Dixon, his face a good deal
flushed.

The man looked at him a moment with evident gratification,
and went on.

“I am happy to meet with a Northern man, who has
such sentiments—I honor you for it. It's an old Virginia
weakness, sir, to be proud of one's native State. If I came
from Boston even, I should state the fact—bear the consequences—
be a Yankee.”

“But I am not such a hell of a Yankee as you take
me to be,” said Dixon, boiling internally with wrath, yet

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

not forgetting the association connected with his name on
the `register.'

“I thought so myself,” returned the man, with some
vivacity, “for you see I look over the hotel books every
morning, and I can tell where people were raised by their
handwriting.”

“How can you do that?” asked Dixon eagerly.

“Why, you see,” returned this `Mr. Pry,' that the
genuine Yankee always dots his I's and crosses his T's,
and writes his name straight along, whether the paper is
ruled or not, but the Southerner generally goes up and
down, and crosswise, and don't stop to attend to vulgar,
mechanical particulars.”

Dixon wrote his signature so that it was easily made
out, but the chirography resembled the first efforts of an
untutored child. There was a want of decision about the
letters, that had caused him much mortification, but
when he learned from `Mr. Pry' that his pot-hooks and
spider tracks had a southern air about them, he was exceedingly
delighted that he possessed this, to him heretofore
unknown evidence of sectionality, and with a smile of
unusual satisfaction, he walked into the street.

Dixon managed to arrive at the “sacred edifice” just
before the services commenced, and walking up into the
gallery of the church, he took one of the seats appropriated
for the whites—seats seldom visited except by the poorest
and humblest citizens. In fact the vicinity might have
been with propriety termed “proscribed,” for it was generally
supposed, that any one who would advertise his

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

graceless condition, by occupying these “free seats,” gave
evidence of being utterly lost to all self-respect.

The assumed sanctimonious face of Dixon, his good
figure, and well arranged suit of black, caused one or two
of the elders to look up inquiringly at his perch; and at
one time, it appeared as if he would be invited to sit nearer
“the head of the table,” an act of courtesy which would
have given him pleasure, but which he would most positively
have declined.

Before him, as in an amphitheatre, were displayed the
favorite house servants of the town of Colesburg. The day
was fine, and the exhibition was unusually imposing. There
sat the negroes, characterized by every possible shade of
color, from the sooty black up to the blueish white, and
possessed of every possible variety of expression in their
faces.

Some were scarcely able to conceal their exultation, as
they surveyed their gaudily-decked persons, while others,
unmistakably alluded in no very complimentary terms to
Dixon, as a white man that had “got into the wrong
pew.”

In the front row sat “Maria,” the only servant of
“Mr. Goodall,” a likely-looking, intelligent girl of eighteen
or twenty, plainly but tastefully dressed. There was an
air of contentment and intelligence about her face that indicated
the well-raised domestic. In her hand she held a
handsomely-bound volume, which she occasionally leaned
over as if desirous of learning its contents. Behind Maria
were several ascending rows of females, including every
variety of person and age, also a great number of men,

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

mostly in the prime of life, all looking fat and sleek, and
vying favorably with the white congregation in the body
of the church, in the fineness of their clothing, and attention
to the observances of the day.

As Dixon sat down, he bent his body forward, as if
invoking a blessing, but he really assumed this attitude,
that he might more satisfactorily scan through his half parted
fingers, the appearance of the “property” before him.

“I think,” he soliloquized, after a long professional
gaze, regarding a venerable-looking negro, who seemed to
act in the capacity of subordinate sexton, “I think that
that woolly-headed old crow would be all the better for
having his feet in the stocks a few nights, with his shirt
off, and mosquitoes plenty.

“That `saddle-colored' nigger grinning at me, 'cause he
thinks I don't know where to get the right seat in church,
would be all the better for about `forty-five,' well laid on,
and tarpentined to make 'em stick.

“I believe that I could get about eleven hundred dollars
in New Orleans, for that young fellow pushing the window
up.

“As for the monkey who sits near him, his shoulders
are so narrer that he ain't worth his passage to Louisiana,”
and thus he thought on, until his eyes glanced over the
lower seats occupied by the females.

“None of 'em has got the light color for real fancy
niggers,” he almost groaned, as he discovered the fact. “I
should like to have the burning off of them pink ribbons
from the head of that `cook, washer and ironer,'” he

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

suggested to himself, becoming indignant at the tasteful cap
of a middle-aged negress.

“If that gal in the plaid dress can do plain sewing, she
would fetch more than if she was sold for a field hand.

“Wonder how many of 'em is free?” he asked, almost
aloud, his presence of mind being for the moment overcome
at the thought of such a dreadful supposition.

“How many is members of this 'ere church?—wonder
if Spooney in the pulpit there goes in for the Bible sanctioning
slavery? Hello, he's coming out with a hyme, and
that girl with the gilt-edged book is a huntin' for the varse—
that nigger would sell,” and for the first time, he took
a particular look at “Mr. Goodall's” Maria.

“She comes it strong,” said Dixon, after listening a
while, and plainly distinguishing her voice above the whole
congregation. “Why don't Southern churches buy singing
niggers and own their choirs?” and as the plausibility of
the thing struck his mind, he made a memorandum in
his never-to-be-forgotten book.

The services being ended, the congregation separated
into a variety of streams, and distributed itself over the
town. Although Dixon was recognized as a stranger, still
no one had suspected his vocation, and he wandered down
the principal street towards his hotel, the subject of much
innocent gossip, the popular impression being, that he was
in some way connected with a proposed railroad that a
“Northern company” had projected in the vicinity.

Dixon, from the information he already had of the
town and its people, and from his own examination at
church, had formed a very good idea of the “state of the

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

market,” and determined to set at once about business,
regardless of his disguise. With this resolution in his
mind, he saw coming toward him a young man whom he
had noticed hanging about the bar of the hotel, whose care-worn
looks gave painful evidence that he was, from dissipation,
to be a victim of a premature grave.

“I think that young man might be of service to me,
and as he drinks hard, he'll not be over particular as to
what he does, to get a little money, proud as he looks,”
thought Dixon, standing still on the walk, until the person
alluded to came up.

“You'll excuse me, stranger,” said Dixon, the instant
he was within speaking distance, “you will excuse me, if I
ask you what time they dine on Sunday, at the hotel? for,
I perceive you are one of its boarders.”

“I do patronize the place,” replied the young man, in a
grandiloquent manner. “I suffer myself to go about the
premises, when I have nothing better to do.”

Dixon perceiving that the gentleman was communicative,
dropped his query about the dinner, and went on:—

“I am a stranger in Colesburg,—came here on a little
private business, and should like some information.”

“I am at leisure to answer any inquiries,” said the
young man, “but the fact is, I am so confounded dry, that
I can't speak the truth.”

“Walk back to the hotel, sir,” said Dixon, “for I have
good brandy in my room, or we can take some at the bar.”

“I will take a drink,” returned the young man, “though
I have threatened to cut the concern, particularly on

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

account of the bad liquor they keep; for if there is any thing
I do know, it's good brandy.”

It is needless to say, that `Mr. Mercer' (for that was
the gentleman's name) and Dixon were soon apparently
good friends. There was a time in the young man's history,
when he was known as the proudest and most accomplished
scion of a stock, historically celebrated for virtue
and independence; but the living representative had squandered
his fortune, ruined his health, tarnished his fame;
was, in fact, a mere wreck of his former self. The opportunity
of living off of any one, even for a day, was a rare
privilege to Mercer, and he was prepared on the instant to
do any thing to render himself agreeable or useful.

At dinner, Mercer, as Dixon's guest, drank deeply, but
it was evident that drinking, with the trader, was more a
form than a reality, for he never clouded his reason when
he had any thing of importance to do.

The secret leaked out at the table, however, that Dixon
was a “negro trader,” and there was passed among the
people present indignant looks, that a person of such a business,
would presume to so publicly offend those present
with his society.

Dixon felt, the instant his business was known, that the
ban of proscription was openly put upon him, and it seemed
that he enjoyed the bitterness of spirit that this consciousness
called up, for he assumed a confident, a defiant
air, and made Mercer's follies the medium through which
he exhibited his dislike to those about him.

Dinner over, Dixon led Mercer to his room, and helping
him to a chair, sat down himself, to carry out his original

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

purpose of finding out all he could of the people he had
to deal with.

“Your citizens don't like nigger-traders much,” said
he, looking over some due-bills, taken from his well-worn
pocket-book.

“Don't like 'em at the dinner-table or in the public
streets,” said the young man, with a sneer.

“There wouldn't be any traders,” said Dixon, with
more than usual seriousness, “if there were no buyers and
sellers, and the devil don't make nice distinctions when he
ever gets his own, that's one comfort.”

“This world is a perfect infernal humbug, and about
as full of hypocrites as it is of human beings,” returned
Mercer, “for you see the very people that have sold me
the most bad liquor at the highest price make it a point
to be the most busy in denouncing what they call my intemperate
habits.”

“Exactly,” said Dixon, fully comprehending Mercer's
meaning, “but about these people in Colesburg—can I buy
a few choice servants in the neighborhood, think you? will
the people sell—are they hard up, or any thing of that
sort?”

“As for the servants,” replied Mercer, that's doubtful,
“for the community has been pretty well culled—as for
the `hard up,' there's plenty of that, for,” continued the
young man, laughing at his own conceit—“if there was a
nigger to represent all the money that is wanted in Colesburg,
Africa would be depopulated to supply the demand.”

“But I don't want many,” said Dixon, mechanically
eyeing his memorandum book, “only five or six, but they

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

must be tip-top,—no field hands,—highest style, first family
niggers.”

“A year or two ago,” said Mercer, “you could have
been suited to a T; there were the remains here at that
time, of some of the very best estates, and towards the
winding up of them, some men and women got into the
markets, that were better people, according to my notion,
than the Yankees that have moved into the places their
masters occupied.”

“Better to work?” said Dixon, with a comical twinkle
of the eye.

“No, not better to work, God knows,” returned the
young man, with emphasis, “but better Virginians—why,
sir,” continued Mercer, warming up, “there's the place on
the upper road once known as Carlton, I think old Gen.
Annesley had fifty hands on it, and the estate wouldn't
pay expenses; a fellow from Connecticut bought the land,
at the sheriff's sale, divided it up into small farms, sold
out enough to get the family mansion, and all the ground
he wants, for nothing, and it is said he is getting rich.”

“What a sweet place Virginia will be,” suggested
Dixon, “when such free-silers come along and crowd out
all your best people.”

“They are doing it, though,” said Mercer, sorrowfully,
“doing it every day—the old-times spirit is gone—no more
card parties, no more races, no more cockfighting, no more
balls, no more patriotism,—every thing is dull, chivalry and
State pride have departed.”

“It's all owing to the Union,” said Dixon, emphatically.
“It's the Union, Mr. Mercer, that does the injury; and it

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

will continue to do so, as long as we allow the North to
interfere with our rights; unless that's stopped, we must go
to the dogs.”

“I think I had better leave the State,” said Mercer,
after some hesitation, “and I want to ask you, Mr. Dixon,
what you think of my going down South?”

As Dixon was really interested in this young man,
he gave him his ideas elaborately, and answered every successive
question to the best of his ability. In conclusion
of his remarks, that gentleman said:

“On going down the Mississippi every thing depends
on how you start. If you can flare up, and make a figure,
you'll do—but if you just go quietly to work at some honest
business, selling niggers or dry goods, or teaching a school,
or getting up railroads, the people will set you down as
lacking spirit. The very best way is to get up a duel and
kill somebody, but if you can't do that, there's other openings
'most as good; credit—if rode fast and made a short
heat of, will carry a fellow through until he can marry
rich, or something of that sort—but every thing depends
on the way you cavort around—talk about State rights, and
Southern independence—next to hard cash, splurging will
set you ahead, and,” concluded Dixon, in a semi-paternal
manner, “what I have seen of you, Mr. Mercer, satisfies me
that you'll do.”

-- 267 --

p726-280 CHAPTER XXIII. DIXON'S UNEXPECTED SUCCESS.

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

The news of Dixon's business purposes spread through
Colesburg like wildfire. There was a secret pleasure, as
well as absolute pain, imparted by it to a few who were
desirous of selling; but among the negroes there was produced
a consternation, such as might be supposed to exist
in a crowded hospital of wounded men, where a bombshell
had fallen through the roof, and was, before their very
eyes, preparing to explode.

That telegraphic power of communication, so peculiar
to the negro, throbbed the fact through their humble
apartments, and their agitated hearts; that the white man
so distinguished by his lonely appearance in the church
gallery in the morning, was a negro trader; and they
trembled with consternation when they remembered, that
he eyed them with earnestness, and had already decided
which among their number he would buy.

Through Mercer's indefatigable exertions, Dixon was
early informed of a “bargain” in the neighborhood of
Colesburg; and in company with his coadjutor, Dixon

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

went into the country, and found inducements sufficient to
remain away all day. In fact, it was long after dark
before he arrived at his hotel; and after eating a light
supper, he went at once to his room.

Of late Dixon had become daily more and more sensitive
about the character of his pursuits; he was accumulating,
almost to his own surprise, a great deal of wealth,
and with it came the desire to be personally respected.
He had perceived the marked difference of the people of
Colesburg toward him, when they considered him a railroad
contractor (an occupation, by the way, Dixon looked
upon with disgust) and a “negro trader;” and he felt his
business, except for its great profits, to be more and more
distasteful to him.

Disposing of himself in a comfortable manner in his
room, he threw his feet into the window-sill, and, according
to his wont, cogitated aloud:

“I've made enough to quit this business, if I choose;
and I'm tired of doing other people's dirty work for them.
If buying niggers ain't respectable, let poor folks attend
to trading; I think that I'll go home, turn planter, and
put on airs myself. I ain't going to help make money for
people who are afraid to speak to me in the streets, or to
be seen eating with me at their tables: I'll wind up, and
quit merchandising this winter coming, I reckon —”

Just at this moment a gentle tap was heard at Dixon's
door, and without turning his head around, he said,
“Come in.”

One of the servants of the hotel, who had heretofore
called Dixon to his face “Boss” and “Mister,” and

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

given other signs of being contaminated, as Dixon said,
by his intercourse with “Northern society,” now stood in
the room in a humble attitude, calling attention by the
simple, but expressive term of “Master.”

So altered was the negro's manner, that Dixon did not,
by the ear, recognize the boy; and turning around to see
who it was, could not conceal his surprise, when he discovered
the familiar face of “Sandy Bill,”—for such was
the negro's name.

“And what do you want?” said Dixon, now for the
first time resuming his natural manner, and by its air
of authority, sending a chill to Sandy Bill's very marrow
and bones.

“The notes, sir,” said the negro, pointing to several
handsome envelopes on the mantel-piece, that had escaped
Dixon's attention.

“Letters to me!” murmured Dixon, as he raised them
up, one by one, and read the superscription, “J-a-m-e-s
D-i-x-o-n, E-s-q., P-r-e-s-e-n-t.”

“What does this mean, boy?” said he, giving the negro
a look, that seemed to say, “I'll thrash your hide off, if
you don't instantly explain this mystery!”

“I don't know, master,” said Sandy Bill, his knees
fairly shaking with fear. “I don't know, master; dem
thar letters cum when you was gone into the country.”

“Well, take that for your stupidity, and toddle down
stairs,” said Dixon, throwing a piece of silver at the boy's
head.

“What does this mean?” soliloquized Dixon, breaking
one of the seals. “Who's been writing me love

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

letters, I should like to know? What's this?” and he read
as follows:—

Mr. J. Dixon, Jefferson Hotel.

Dear Sir,—I understand you desire to purchase some
valuable house servants. I have one or two that I would
part with, if the trade could be made privately, and treated
by you as confidential. I will be at the cross roads, near
the old brick kiln, precisely at five o'clock, where we can
hold conversation unobserved.

Yours respectfully,
Brutus.

Dixon laid the note upon the table, and walked up
and down the room, perfectly furious. The idea of being
forced to trade thus, by stealth, made even his ears tingle
with shame, and the idea was forced upon his mind at the
very moment when he was in the least humor to bear it.

Taking up another note, he broke open the seal, with
an expression of face that implied there was something
offensive to be unloosed by the act, and read:—

Colesburg, Va., July —, —.

Dear Sir,—I have been informed that you wish to
purchase a few first class house-servants; I have two that
I would part with, for less than their real value, if you can
manage to get them in your possession, without giving
their owners the pain of going through the separation.
They have been carefully raised, and would not be sold, if
their owners were not conscientiously impressed that their
condition would not be improved, if they were set free. I
shall be at your hotel at eleven o'clock to-day, and shall

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

proceed at once to your room, to avoid the suspicion among
the neighbors, that I am contemplating selling. You will
consider our communications in honor, and trust they will
be so treated.

With great respect,
Yours,

Yorktown.
J. Dixon, Esq., of New Orleans.

“This fellow,” said Dixon, getting calm through very
indignation, “wants me to buy his live stock, and then
kidnap it into the bargain. I don't believe in kidnapping,
unless it be to catch an abolitionist, but I'll accommodate
this Mr. Yorktown, and make him pay me well for the
trouble—let's see what the next gentleman has to say.”

[No date.]
Mister Dixon.

Sur,—I've got an old negro woman as wants to be sold,
and go to Mobeel, in the State of Mississip'. I wouldn't
sell her, if she didn't want to go down to that South country
to see her children, as is owned by Mister Brownlaw,
who, when he tuck the children, was to buy the old ooman,
but didn't have the money, an hasn't sent for her 'cordin'
to contract. I will sel her for two hundred and fifty, and
I think Brownlaw will give you four hundred on his place,
as her son is a carpenter, and I'm told he thinks a heap
of him, as he can earn five dollars a day, making bridges
on the rale rode. Please say nothing about this, and drop
in at my house in the evening, when nobody is about, on
the Sandy-hill road, f'ur miles from Colesburg, near the

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

ruins of the old church, with a sign over the door, with
my name painted on it.

John Howe.

“I remember Howe's sign, come to think of it!” said
Dixon, holding the letter between his thumb and forefinger,
as if it were a snake; “I remember his sign, `John
Howe's grocery; wholesale and retail; cash paid for tobacco
and wheat;' Mercer stopped there, last evening, to get a
drink,—and take out the barrel of whiskey, and an old
tumbler, and the shop would be empty,—bet a hundred to
one that that old woman is free, and Mr. Howe wants to
sell me! but he don't!” and Dixon took up the fourth
and last letter, and sitting down near the window, his illnature
having evaporated, in the multitude of his other
emotions, he read as follows:

Colesburg, Va., July —, —.
Mr. Dixon.

Dear Sir,—I understood last evening, after church
was out, that you had come on here to obtain a few choice
servants. I have long since been forced to the conclusion,
that slavery is a moral evil, and I have rejoiced that I
have parted with the few I have owned, to humane masters,
which is a great relief to me, in my hours of serious
reflection. I have one girl that has been carefully brought
up, and we are much attached to her, but I am somewhat
advanced in years, as well as her mistress, and we cannot
tell at what time she may, in the course of Providence, be
thrown without a protector, upon the wide, wicked world.
I had determined not to sell her, but seeing you in church
the other day, I have become deeply impressed that you

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

are a pious man, and as such, would deal justly with the
girl. I have also reflected, that whatever may be my
sense of duty, the excitement at the North has been so
great, that it makes it perfectly impossible for me to carry
out my original intention, of setting the girl free, as I
cannot conceive a more dreadful condition, than for a once
comfortably clothed and well taken care of negro slave, to
be thrown upon the tender mercies of the uncharitable
world, and be left, as are the poor white laborers of the
free States, to starve, and die a miserable death. It
would be difficult to get the girl's consent to be sold, and
therefore this matter must be delicately arranged; she
will no doubt, at first, be much grieved, but we must judge
what is best for her welfare, ourselves, for we know how to
provide for her real good. The girl is nearly nineteen years
of age. Address “Humanity,” through the post-office,
and say where a strictly private interview may be had. Of
course this communication will be considered confidential.
I trust I may sign myself, in the bonds of brotherly love,

Yours,
Humanity.

“This one is coming it rather strong!” said Dixon,
taking out his memorandum book, and copying the address
and business particulars, and tearing the letters up with
infinite satisfaction, and tremendous “vim” he scattered the
pieces on the floor, and trampled them under his feet.

By the time he had become really cool, Mercer came
in, and full of excitement, informed Dixon “that he had
got on the track of a `fancy girl,' that he thought would

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

suit his wishes exactly. I have heard this girl spoken of,
I presume,” continued Mercer; “if it is the one I allude
to, she is described as being so near white, that she got
into one of the village schools, for near two quarters, without
it being satisfactorily shown that she was a negro.”

“Something of that kind would really be a haul,”
said Dixon, and taking out his indispensable memorandum
book, he unfolded a page that had been turned down, as if
to mark a particular place, and asked Mercer, “how white
this girl was represented to be?”

“If it is the one I have heard spoken of, she has blue
eyes, and hair not at all like a negro's, but on the contrary,
straight, and of auburn color. She was raised by
old Jared Cumings, and his own daughters were the handsomest
girls, two years ago, at the White Sulphur Springs.”

“The eyes and hair will do,” said Dixon, looking in
the memorandum book, and again turning down the leaf;
“but one thing I am afraid of! In New Orleans the quadroons
are generally delicate, their faces are not handsome,
but their extremities are a fortune; some how another,
the same cross in Virginia, with even less negro than a
fourth in them, have big feet and hands. What's the reason
of that?”

“I can't say,” said Mercer! speculatingly, “some fault
on the mother's side, of course. I once heard old Gordy
Moncton say, that if a slave could be bred, so as to retain
the color and good points of the white, and only have
taint in the blood enough to secure ownership, that ten
times more money could be made at the business, than by
raising any blooded stock whatever.”

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

“I think it's likely,” said Dixon, “though the market
isn't large for these beauties, and it might be overstocked.—
Do you know a man living in this town by the name of
Goodall?” continued Dixon, abruptly changing the subject.

“Very well indeed,” said Mercer, “that is to say, I
know there is such a man in this place, but he is of a
very common family, and I never made his acquaintance.”

“Has he got any niggers to sell? that's all I want to
know,” said Dixon pettishly, for he hated to hear any one
talk about “family.”

“One girl,” said Mercer, “named Maria; she sings in
church I'm told, but you can't buy her.”

“And why can't I buy her? Tell me that Mr. Mercer,”
said Dixon abruptly.

“Simply because her master has promised to set her
free,” said the young man, with some concealed astonishment
at the trader's imperative manner.

“I've seen her,” continued Dixon. “I looked at her well
last Sunday; she would be worth to me, in Washington,
five hundred and fifty dollars. I know a family that would
give a premium for just such a girl.”

“Pity old Goodall wouldn't sell her,” said Mercer;
“she's no use to him; but I don't see how it could be managed,
her mistress treats her about as well as she does her
equals.”

“Them's the very kind of cases I like to get hold of,
there's something agreeable in taking a bad edication out
of a darkie. I bought a pet boy once, who refused to work,
and I whipped him until I got tired, and he wouldn't give

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

up,—so I took him along at rigler intervals, and the more
he wouldn't give in, the more I liked him, and if he had
held out another day, he should have had his freedom; he
was the best piece of spunk I ever met with, a perfect
Indian.”

“And what became of him at last?” asked Mercer with
some curiosity.

“Why, I sold him to somebody that had an overseer
that didn't know how to manage him, the consequence was,
the nigger resisted—knocked the overseer down—and then
jumped into the river. It was just like throwing a thousand
dollars in gold overboard, when that darkie went down,”
and Dixon yawned, and Mercer, taking the hint, left the
trader's presence, promising to be at the “Jefferson Hotel”
with a buggy, early in the morning.

Three days after the above conversation, at the dead
hour of night, Dixon by special appointment met on the
suburbs of Colesburg two heavily armed men, sitting in a
strong country wagon, to which was attached a fleet span
of horses. Dixon handed them a bundle, which being thrown
at the bottom of the wagon, sounded as if it contained
pieces of iron. He then entered into a hurried conversation,
stated his wish to take the four o'clock morning train
for Washington, and that there was only three hours left
for their work; and as the man who held the reins was
gathering them up preparatory for departure, Dixon, as a
last suggestion, said:

“Get the niggers out of town as quietly as possible;
don't do any thing to bruise their skins, or otherwise disfigure
them, they are all house servants—if they kick up

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

any fuss, gag 'em,—if they attempt to break away, use them
articles at the bottom of the wagon,—go to that old hypocrite,
Goodall's, last, and you needn't be very particular at
his house about the noise you make, as you are taking
away my property—now be quick, and earn your money.”

-- 278 --

p726-291
Previous section

Next section


Thorpe, Thomas Bangs, 1815-1878 [1854], The master's house: a tale of Southern life (John Cassell, London) [word count] [eaf726T].
Powered by PhiloLogic